WO2003081410A1 - Device and method for inputting letters, numbers or information from a keypad with high efficiency - Google Patents
Device and method for inputting letters, numbers or information from a keypad with high efficiency Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2003081410A1 WO2003081410A1 PCT/CN2003/000218 CN0300218W WO03081410A1 WO 2003081410 A1 WO2003081410 A1 WO 2003081410A1 CN 0300218 W CN0300218 W CN 0300218W WO 03081410 A1 WO03081410 A1 WO 03081410A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- key
- input
- keys
- letters
- letter
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/02—Input arrangements using manually operated switches, e.g. using keyboards or dials
- G06F3/023—Arrangements for converting discrete items of information into a coded form, e.g. arrangements for interpreting keyboard generated codes as alphanumeric codes, operand codes or instruction codes
- G06F3/0233—Character input methods
- G06F3/0235—Character input methods using chord techniques
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/02—Input arrangements using manually operated switches, e.g. using keyboards or dials
- G06F3/023—Arrangements for converting discrete items of information into a coded form, e.g. arrangements for interpreting keyboard generated codes as alphanumeric codes, operand codes or instruction codes
- G06F3/0233—Character input methods
Definitions
- the present invention relates to the field of information input, and in particular, to a small disk information input device and an input method using the device. Object of the invention
- FIG. 1 is a distribution diagram of a keypad according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 2 is a distribution diagram of a keypad according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a distribution diagram of a keypad according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is a distribution diagram of a keypad according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5 is a distribution diagram of a keypad according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 6 is applicable to Chinese and English input
- Figure 7 applies to Japanese, Chinese, English and other related text input
- Figure 8 applies to English, Spanish and other related text input
- Figure 9 applies to English, Spanish and other related text input
- Figure 10-13 is an abbreviation of 6-7;
- Figure 14 is similar to Figure 9 and is applicable to English, Spanish and other related text input;
- Figure 15 is suitable for Chinese efficient input keyboard
- FIG. 16 is applicable to a 6-key keyboard
- the keyboard does not include a Chinese character keyboard
- FIG. 18 includes a keyboard with 10 key combinations
- Figure 19 A keyboard with a combination of 6, and a non-combination of 9;
- Figure 20 includes spaces, punctuation, capitalization, and number conversion.
- the punctuation key is a radio button and the check coincident key.
- Figure 21 includes 11 letter input keys.
- Figure 22 A schematic diagram of a folding input device, where the left part A is the screen, and the right part is a small input keyboard; B is the center axis;
- Figure 23 The keypad has a single-letter replacement key to replace the input of a letter
- Figure 24 is similar to Figure 21;
- FIGS 25, 26, and 27 show the design of the keypad check key (key-time key);
- Figure 28 is applicable to Chinese and English input. "1 or d" should be included in the key combination to represent letter keys as much as possible;
- FIG. 31 embodiment of a Russian keypad
- FIG. 32 An embodiment of a Russian keypad
- the keys 1 to 6 in Figure 35-37 are combination keys, and the keys 7-0 are radio or check keys (keys);
- Figure 38-41 is a double-row arrangement
- Figure 42 is an English intelligent input system device
- Figure 43 is the English intelligent input system device method
- Figure 44 is the display segment
- FIG. 45 is an embodiment of a small keyboard in which 5-letter letters are arranged in order
- FIG. 46 is an embodiment of a small keyboard in which 5-letter letters are arranged in order
- FIG. 45 is an embodiment of a small keyboard in which 5-letter letters are arranged in order
- FIG. 46 is an embodiment of a small keyboard in which 5-letter letters are arranged in order
- FIG. 47 is a diagram of an implementation device of a key secondary key or a check key (key secondary key);
- FIG. 48 is an explanatory diagram of an embodiment of an implementation method of the system of the present invention.
- the keypad includes alphabet keys. At least one of the alphabet keys is provided with more than two letters. Each letter is not input by a separate key. Numbers and letters are set on the keyboard at the same time, at least one letter key is arranged with a number key, or at least one key is arranged with a letter key or a number key at the same time. Each key is input its character information according to the characters arranged on the key position.
- the identification device is provided with a receiving and identifying device in the keyboard system device to identify the information input by the keys.
- a built-in storage device is used to store specific letter information and receive The identification device searches for specific letter information of the storage device according to the input information, and a display device is provided to display the input information and corresponding information stored in the searched storage device.
- a CPU or a central processing device is provided for identifying and searching, and realizing functions of each module device.
- the keypad of the present invention is applicable to various electronic and computer equipment.
- Mobile phone fixed phone, mouse, various keyboards, 101 keyboard, QWERT keyboard, or the right keypad of a standard keyboard, laptop, electronic dictionary, handheld computer, calculator, watch, electronic remote control board All kinds of electronic facilities including keyboard, fast translation, fax, etc., which can be equipped with keyboard and contain CPU.
- the keypad includes at least one radio button and at least one key combination. 2. Optional: The keypad includes at least one radio button and at least one check button. 3. Optional: The keypad includes at least one radio button, at least one key combination, and at least one check (continuous selection) key.
- a radio button is a key that corresponds to one key and enters a letter.
- a key combination is a key that corresponds to two keys and enters a letter.
- a radio button is entered by two keys on the same key or more than two. The connected keys correspond to the letters on the keys.
- the combination key refers to inputting symbol information such as letters or characters through combination of different keys, and at least one combination key is provided with multiple letters or characters.
- the key combination is arranged on the 1 to 5 keys.
- the number key on the key position arranged on the combination key is the first key of the combination key, and the letter or character unit of the combination key is the second key of the combination key.
- the key combination unit consists of at least one letter or character. 2.
- the key combination unit consists of at least two letters or characters. 3.
- the key combination unit consists of at least two letters or characters. 4.
- the combination key includes multiple combination keys. 5.
- the combination key includes more than 5 combination keys. 6.
- the combination key includes less than 5 combination keys. 7.
- the combination key includes 5 combination keys. 8.
- the key combination includes at least "hbcdf", "ngjkl”, “rmpqv”, "swxyz", “t”, respectively, in that order.
- the combination key may represent a combination of letters or characters. 10.
- One of the combination keys represents a single letter and a combination letter. 11.
- One of the combination keys represents input t and or th and or ch and or ch and or zh and or ts and or ng and or wh and or ed and or ly and or tr and or dr at least one. 12.
- One of the key combinations represents t ⁇ th ⁇ ch ⁇ sh ⁇ zh. 13.
- One of the key combinations represents t ⁇ ch ⁇ sh ⁇ zh ⁇ ts. 14.
- One of the combination keys represents t ⁇ ch ⁇ S h ⁇ ts. 15.
- One of the key combinations represents t: ⁇ ch ⁇ sh ⁇ ts suitable for Japanese or English input. 16.
- One of the key combinations represents t ⁇ th ⁇ ch ⁇ sh ⁇ Z h Chinese or English input. 17.
- One of the combination keys represents at least one of ch ⁇ sh ⁇ zh ⁇ ts.
- One of the combination keys represents at least one Chinese character.
- One of the key combinations represents Chinese characters: ⁇ and ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Chinese character in one. 20.
- One of the combination keys represents Enter. 21.
- One of the key combinations represents the input of letters and the input of Chinese characters, as above. 22.
- the combination keys respectively represent an arrangement other than the above sequence in order. 23.
- the five combination keys respectively represent five numbers in 0-9. 24.
- the combination key is set on the 1-5 number keys. 25. Better: The combination key arranges the consonant key.
- Radio buttons are used to arrange letters or characters by one key, and enter letters or characters by one key. Radio buttons allow one key to represent and enter multiple letters or characters.
- Radio buttons only arrange single letters or characters.
- Radio buttons and key combinations are arranged in one key.
- the first letter or information unit is corresponding to the radio button.
- the radio button whose input method is a combination key. When the representative key of the combination key and the non-combination key are connected and input, it is a radio button input and represents the first unit letter or symbol of the input combination key.
- the radio button and the check button are arranged together.
- the first letter or symbol unit is corresponding to a radio button.
- the radio button represents the letter or character with the highest frequency of occurrence.
- the radio button includes 5 keys.
- the radio buttons represent vowel letters.
- the radio buttons respectively represent the letters a, e, i, 0 , u.
- the radio buttons respectively represent vowels in other languages, such as Russian.
- the radio buttons respectively represent vowels of the Korean language.
- the radio buttons respectively represent Arabic vowels.
- the radio buttons respectively represent Greek vowels.
- the radio buttons also represent numeric keys in 0-9, respectively.
- the radio buttons represent letters or characters that appear frequently in words in the text other than vowels.
- the check key is also a continuous selection key, which can also be called a composite key, which is composed of the continuous keys of the same key.
- the double key is composed of two keys.
- the connection key consists of three keys. 3.
- (Key sequence key) represents a letter or character. 4.
- the check key (key of the key) represents multiple letters or characters. 5. Better: The two check keys (keys) represent two letters. 6. Better: The three check keys (keys) represent three letters. 7. Better: The characters represented by the check key (key key) on at least one check key (key key) are not equal. 8. Better: The characters represented by the check keys (keys) on at least one check key (keys) are not equal, and more concatenated keys represent more characters entered than relatively fewer Connected. 9.
- the characters represented by the check (key) key on at least one of the check keys (key time key) are not equal, and more concatenated keys indicate that more characters are entered than relatively fewer
- the two check keys (key times) represent two letters
- the three check keys (key times) represent three letters.
- At least one radio button is combined on at least one check key (key key). The radio button means that the letter entered is the first character entered on the two check keys (key time key).
- the first character in the two check keys (keys) represents the letter entered, and the three check keys represents the first two letters entered.
- the letters represented by the combined keys of the radio button and the check button (key sub-keys) increase with the number of selected keys. 12.
- Key times key refers to the compound input of one key repeatedly, and different check of the same key can represent different numbers of alphabetic characters.
- the check key key-time key
- the letter or character represented by one key multiple compound input should be higher than the letter or character represented by a few times of check.
- the letters or characters represented by the different compound times of the check key have the following characteristics: The first part of the letter and character represented by multiple compound once and the one represented by less check once Letters and characters are the same.
- the more the check key (key number key) the more times the check is made, the more the corresponding letters or characters are represented. 17.
- the radio button and the check button are on the same key position.
- the radio button and the check button correspond to an g ( a ⁇ an ⁇ ang) ; eng (e ⁇ en ⁇ eng); ing (i ⁇ in ⁇ ing); ong ( o ⁇ on ⁇ ong); ung At least one of five groups.
- ang (a ⁇ an ⁇ ang); eng (e ⁇ en ⁇ eng); ing (i ⁇ in ⁇ ing); ong (o ⁇ on ⁇ ong); ung (u ⁇ un ⁇ ung)
- the order of the number keys corresponding to the five groups of units is from front to back, preferably: At least one of the two groups of units is arranged in the above order. 21.
- the alphabetic symbols printed on the common key positions of the single check key and the check key (key order key) are the letters of the largest check key (key order key).
- the purpose is to reduce the key surface occupied by the alphabetic symbols, preferably: the representative groups are ang; eng; ing; 0 ng; ung. 22.
- the check (key) and radio buttons correspond to the corresponding number keys.
- a check key (key sequence key) or a single multiple joint key allows inputting punctuation marks on behalf of the user. 25.
- the check key (key order key) or single complex co-linking key allows the input of vowels with specific symbols on a, e, i, 0, u. 26.
- the check key (key order key) or the single-duplex joint key allows delegates to input vowels ⁇ , eeee, ⁇ o, ii ii, ⁇ . 27. Preferred: or 3, C or other. 28.
- the check (key) key or single complex co-linking key allows the input of various vowels except a, e, i, o, U. 29.
- the check (key) key or the single-column joint key allows the representative to enter capital letters. 30.
- the check (key) key or the single-column co-join key allows you to enter uppercase letters, such as A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L , M, N, 0, P, 0, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z. 31.
- a multiple-selection key (key-time key) or a single-multiple joint key is set on the number keys 6, 7, 8, 9, and 0. 32.
- Optional Check (double-click) or single-complex and triple-click input at least one more letter or character than double-click.
- the check key key secondary key
- increment key corresponds to the final.
- the check key (key-time key) or increment key respectively correspond to ang ⁇ eng ⁇ ing ⁇ ong ⁇ ung. 39.
- the keypad information input device further includes at least one switch key, which is used to switch between number input and letter input. 42.
- the keypad information input device includes at least one punctuation key. 43.
- the keypad information input device includes at least one uppercase letter symbol switching key. 44.
- the keypad information input device includes at least one numeric symbol switching key. 45.
- the keypad information input device further includes at least one switch key to switch between stroke input and letter input. 47.
- the keypad information input device further includes 5 key combinations, which respectively represent at least "hbcdf", "ngjkl”, “rmpqv”, "swxyz", “t” in order. 48.
- the five radio selection keys also represent five digits from 0-9, and the five combination keys respectively represent another five digits;
- the keypad information input device further includes at least one switch key To switch between stroke input, letter input, and number input.
- the keyboard further includes a left shift key and a right shift key. 50.
- the keyboard further includes a left shift key and a right shift key.
- the keyboard further includes a space key and an end key. 52.
- Key 1 represents 1 and hbcdf (lhbcdf);
- Key 2 represents 2 and ngjkl (2ngjkl);
- Key 3 represents 3 and rmpqv (3r is qv);
- Key 4 represents 4 and swxyz (4swxyz);
- Key 5 represents 5 and t / th / ch / sh / zh;
- key 6 represents 6 and ang (a / an / ang);
- key 7 represents 7 and eng (e / en / eng);
- key 8 represents 8 and ing (i / en / ing) ;
- key 9 represents 9 and ung (u / un / ung);
- key 0 represents 0 and ong (o / on / ong);
- the keyboard further includes at least 5 stroke keys. 55.
- the five stroke keys correspond to the keys a, e, i, o, and u Xlf respectively.
- key 6 corresponds to A and fold
- key 7 corresponds to E and Skip
- key 8 corresponds to I and vertical
- key 9 corresponds to U and horizontal
- key 0 corresponds to 0 and ⁇ .
- a method for inputting letters and Chinese characters using a keypad comprising the steps of: entering a letter input mode; The letter is the letter represented by the radio button, and the radio button is tapped; if the letter to be input is one of the letters represented by the combination key, tap the combination key, and then, tap the key representing the number of the letter. 57.
- Steps If the letter to be entered is a letter represented by a radio button, the steps include: Displaying the letter represented by the tapped radio button. 58.
- Steps If the letter to be entered is one of the letters represented by the key combination, the method further includes the step of: displaying the letter after receiving a signal of tapping the key representing the number of the letter. 59. Preferably: if the letter to be input is one of the letters represented by the key combination, the method further includes the step of: displaying the letter group represented by the typed key combination, and then receiving a signal of tapping the key representing the number of the letter After that, the letter is displayed. 60.
- the letter to be entered is the first letter of the combination key, and the subsequent input is a key other than the letter represented by the combination key, tap the combination key and then tap the key. Other keys complete the input of the first letter and the input of the information represented by the other keys. 61.
- the other key is a letter represented by a radio button, and at this time, the input and / or displayed letter is the first letter represented by the combination key plus the letter represented by the radio button.
- the method further includes the steps of: displaying all candidate characters of the input Chinese characters; $ ⁇ ⁇ Select a stroke of the Chinese characters to select a set of Chinese characters corresponding to the strokes in all candidate characters.
- the method for inputting letters and Chinese characters using a small keyboard further includes the steps of: using a number or a stroke key to select a desired Chinese character.
- an efficient information device of a numeric keyboard or keypad is characterized in that the number of keys of the keypad should be less than the number of standard keyboards, for example, less than 101 standard keyboards, or less than 26 information input keys.
- the above keyboard includes radio buttons and key combinations. Among them, a radio button indicates that only a specific and unique letter or character is input.
- a combination key refers to inputting other letters or characters through key combinations. Each combination key represents multiple letters or characters.
- the combination key of the present invention is the continuous input of two independent keys to obtain the result of inputting one information or multiple information, which is a characteristic of the combination key.
- a further design scheme is that the number of combination keys is two keys, that is, continuous input of any two combination keys or a combination and arrangement to input a letter or character, that is, the first combination key is selected to select the Multiple letters, followed by a second key combination, select the letter order.
- the information input key is less than or equal to ten key units.
- the above keyboard can double as a numeric keyboard.
- the number of constituent keys or the number of keys is A
- the number of squares is the number of key combinations
- B is defined
- the result of the combination is C.
- the composition number A of the combined key is 5
- the squared value B is 2
- Each key combination represents 1-5 characters and letters. If there are 5 key combinations in total, if each key represents 1-5, the combination of two keys can get 25 results, so you can get 25 Enter selection.
- the sequence (keyboard number) is represented by X
- the character and letter sequence represented by each key is represented by Y. If we want to input any one of the letters it can represent through the key combination, Character information can be obtained by entering the corresponding X (key) + Y (key) respectively.
- the keys or radio buttons for inputting unique letters or characters are arranged to input high-frequency letters as much as possible.
- some or all of the keys (radio keys) for entering unique letters or character information are arranged to enter vowels or are defined as vowel letters Select key.
- the control system (not shown, the person skilled in the art is familiar with the technology) receives a signal to tap the first key, and determines that the user wants to enter the first key
- the representative letter group, such as typing key 1 represents that the user wants to enter one of hbcdf.
- the control system receives the signal of typing the second key, it determines the bit sequence of the letter group, such as typing key 3, which represents the input.
- the vowel letters in English or Roman pinyin are A, E, I, 0, U. They have a higher probability of occurrence, corresponding to the numbers 6, 7, 8, 9, 0 of the keyboard respectively.
- the vowel key is a radio button as much as possible, and the consonant key is a combination key or a compound key.
- Combination keys refer to two or more than two keys to enter a character information or a text unit is defined as a combination key, which is similar in nature to the combination keys mentioned above.
- Punctuation symbol switching When this switch key is pressed, the punctuation characters input later will be pressed to return.
- radio buttons for inputting non-vowel letter keys such as consonant letter keys (T, N, S, ).
- Radio buttons include both vowel letter input keys and consonant letter input keys.
- vowels generally occupy a high frequency in text input, the highest may reach or approach 50% or more, such as national, come, etc. If we use a key to represent vowels, it will make a high proportion The letters are entered with one click.
- radio buttons are arranged to input vowels such as a / e / i / o / u
- the first letter (Y1) of a key combination that enters letters in a key combination is a high-frequency letter.
- control system After the control system receives the key combination, it will not tap another key combination. The control system will input the first letter of the key combination by default.
- the control system enters the first letter of the key combination by default.
- the representative letter of the combination key is the radio button letter or end character.
- h, r, t, s, n in English.
- the * key can double as a delete key. When you move to the left, you can delete the crossed letters.
- the combination of two keys can be used as a symbol search key.
- a combination (double) key can be set as the search. Key combination. Search for numbers, punctuation, etc. '
- the present invention sets ten representative letter keys, among which the representative letters are the initial letter symbols on each number key, and five of them are combination keys representing the alphabet keys. Optional: They are h, n, m, S , respectively. t, and a single key represents a letter key, optional: they are a, e, i, u, o.
- the 53 key combination is a search key that can be used to search for characters.
- the 54-key combination and 55-key combination are pending keys, which can be used to expand functions.
- the representative letter and initial letter corresponding to the key may be displayed first, and adjustment may be made according to the input situation of the second key.
- the screen when we enter 1, the screen will display h first. If we continue to enter 2, the screen will change to b, but it can change color before the second key is not entered or make some special symbol prompt under its character The notice may be rewritten.
- the check key represents one or more letters or characters
- the check key refers to a compound of repeated input of one key, and different check of the same key can respectively represent different numbers of inputted alphabetic characters
- the check key (key-time key) The letter or character represented by a letter that is checked multiple times should be less than the letter or character represented by a few times of check.
- the letters or characters represented by different check times of the check key have the following characteristics: The first part of the letter and character represented by multiple check once and the letter and character represented by less check once identical.
- the ang corresponding to the aforementioned aaa has one more letter g than the an corresponding to the aa (66), but they have a common ng in front of them.
- aa (66) corresponds to an an more than a corresponding to a (6), but the preceding a is consistent.
- check key key number key
- corresponding number of letters or characters is represented.
- the corresponding number of letters or characters is increased character by character.
- the radio button and the check button correspond to ang (a ⁇ an ⁇ ang); eng (e ⁇ en ⁇ eng); ing (i ⁇ in ⁇ ing); ong (o ⁇ on ⁇ ong); ung (u ⁇ un ⁇ ung).
- the check (key) button and radio button correspond to the corresponding number keys.
- the input keys correspond to the radio button and the check key (key number key) correspond to the number of characters or letters that are sequentially increased in the case of less than one check and multiple checks, respectively, but due to their corresponding
- the character combination of input characters is the same as that of multiple input characters or letters without multiple input characters. Therefore, you can set the shrinkage (printing). For example: Different numbers and keys are separated by [] corresponding to ang ⁇ eng ⁇ ing ⁇ ong ⁇ ung
- a radio button corresponds to a vowel.
- a check on the same key position represents a vowel plus a consonant.
- a second check on the same key position represents a vowel followed by a consonant and a new consonant.
- Replaced with a single special character such as one of ⁇ / d / a / a
- a setting similar to the check key (key number key) is the increment key, which means that one or more consecutive hits on the same (numeric key) key correspond to one or more letters or characters, respectively. )
- One key is used to input at least one letter or character. Moreover, the input effect is inherited. '
- the same (numeric key) double-click input enters at least one letter or character more than a single click.
- the same (numeric key) triple-tap input has at least one more letter or character than double-tap input.
- Same (numeric key) Four-tap input is at least one more letter or character than double-tap input.
- compound keys or increment keys correspond to finals.
- compound or increment key corresponds to ang ⁇ eng ⁇ ing ⁇ ong ⁇ ung 0
- the invention is suitable for English, Japanese, German, French, Russian, Chinese, Italian and other languages.
- the invented Russian language is used in the Russian language, and the consonants are input with a combination key such as a combination of at least one combination key to input at least one consonant.
- At least one of a radio button or a check button (key secondary) or an increment key is used to enter at least one Russian vowel.
- a conversion control device or an intelligent selection device is provided to select a specific language input.
- a keypad or numeric keyboard text information input method When inputting a vowel letter in a pinyin word, use the corresponding number key to input it with one key, and when inputting a consonant letter, use a combination of key combinations corresponding to the consonant letter.
- the letter to be input is the representative letter or initial letter of the key combination, and the letter to be entered after it is a vowel letter, the representative letter or the first letter can be input by one key of its corresponding key.
- the combination of letters can be entered by two keys.
- the check key (key number) enters more than one letter.
- the combination key, and / or check key (key secondary key), and or radio button of the present invention can exist independently and coexist to realize the invention.
- Hanyu Pinyin instead of having to select a specific word or word. Because when inputting Chinese characters, if the Pinyin input is completed, the high-frequency words and words will appear first, which is exactly what we want. Of course, you can choose. And if they are not what we need, but do n’t want to spend too much time searching, you can set the pinyin default, that is, select the pinyin, which will not affect the reading of the input text.
- the intelligent method of the invention it is also possible to intelligently judge a pinyin word or word.
- a judgment module in the system.
- the selected Chinese high-frequency word or word is used as fixed coordinates, and then the default pinyin is blurred Judge.
- This method can also be used to ensure that one key is one word or close to one key one word.
- a fuzzy judgment key and a judgment key for high-frequency Chinese characters or phrases must be set to judge the selection of high-frequency words or words or pinyin. For example, the input effect of "Let's go to work today" is
- the keyboard of the present invention can be touched by hand, it can also be touched with a pen, or it can be touched in other ways, especially. When touched with an electronic pen, the keyboard can be more miniaturized and faster. The keyboard can also be placed on a screen for easy point-and-click hornworms.
- the alphabetical arrangement of the combined keys in the keyboard of the present invention is to exclude radio buttons or compound keys by excluding the letters after the letters, and then arrange them in alphabetical order.
- the effect is to facilitate memory and learning.
- the present invention is suitable for various characters, and because the choice of a radio button or a compound key and a combination of alphabetic keys is selected under the premise of improving the input efficiency, the various characters are different.
- the statistical order of the frequency of letters is as follows:
- the input effect of the present invention is that the number of keys of the new method is 26 times that of the alphabetic key, which is 1.1 times, and the input efficiency of the text of the keypad of the present invention is high.
- the 26-letter keyboard already very close to the 26-letter keyboard, so it should be considered a magical input scheme.
- the key combination in order to facilitate the operator to memorize, the key combination should be placed on the number key position, so that it is easy to find the number corresponding to the letter key position to be entered.
- Figure 18 is one of the embodiments of the present invention.
- the key combination is composed of 10 keys, and some of the key combinations can be used to input words. Some combination keys can be used to input letter combinations.
- the letter input key of the keyboard of the present invention is expanded to 15 keys, the speed will be greatly increased. It even reaches the level of more than one key and one word, especially in the case of high-frequency words, it is easier to achieve this goal.
- FIG. 19 is an embodiment of the present invention.
- the combination key is 6 keys, and the non-combination key (the letter key represented by the combination key is not input by the combination key) is 9 keys.
- Non-key combinations are radio and / or check (key secondary) keys.
- the key combination can be used to enter a combination of letters, and the check key (key secondary key) can be an overlap of letters.
- the present invention is expanded to 15 keys, the input efficiency is almost 1.02 keys to enter a letter, and at this time, it is basically close to one key and one letter. And in this case, there are not many words input, so it doesn't need much memory.
- the punctuation key is a radio button with multiple choices, that is, the first punctuation mark when clicked and the second punctuation mark The third punctuation mark or the fourth punctuation mark, and so on.
- the object of the present invention is to input letters one key at a time when the keyboard is downsized, so that the efficiency of inputting letter information can be basically consistent with that of a large keyboard. And the smaller keyboard with the same efficiency creates very favorable conditions for the ideal of a miniaturized input keyboard, and also opens up the broad application prospects of small text input devices.
- a keyboard form, the keyboard of the present invention may be a folding type
- Figure 22 is a schematic diagram of a folding input device, where the left part A is the screen, the right is a small input keyboard; B is the central axis.
- the device design of the present invention can be a mobile phone or a small input of other text information.
- the present invention proposes a technical solution for preferential input of high-frequency letters, so that a non-combined key mode can also be performed.
- the audio frequency letters are first inputted or inputted with the minimum number of keys such as one-key input, the input efficiency will be greatly improved.
- the prior keyboard arrangement is not high frequency letter priority, so the efficiency is poor, and the present invention solves this problem.
- the small keyboard is a keyboard smaller than the number of letters in one language, that is, a pinyin keyboard, and also refers to Latin and Roman letters, Russian letters, Arabic letters, Greek letters, etc., Japanese kana letters, and non-hieroglyph letters.
- a standard keyboard with less than 26 letters the number of letters on the keyboard is less than the number of letters in one language. It is characterized by:
- One of the "1 to 6" alternative keys can only replace part of a letter of a text. 8.
- One of the alternative keys according to "1 to 7" above can replace all the letters of a text.
- According to one of the above "1 to 8" alternative keys can replace a non-vowel letter of a text, such as b c d f g h j k l m n p q r s t v w x x y z in English. 10.
- One of the alternative keys "1 to 9" replaces the repeated input of the same letter, for example: ss, nn, 11, ee, oo, mm, ff, dd. 11. Replace at least two letters at the same time according to one of the above "1 to 10" alternative keys. 12. Replace at least three letters at the same time according to one of the above "1 to 11” alternative keys. 13. According to one of the above "1 to 12" alternative keys, replace at least three to five letters at the same time. 14. Replace at least five to ten letters at the same time according to one of the "1 to 13" alternative keys above. 15. According to one of the above "1 to 14" alternative keys, simultaneously replace multiple combinations of different letters. 16.According to the above
- One of the “1 to 15” alternative keys simultaneously replaces at least three different letter combinations. 17.
- one of the alternative keys simultaneously replaces a variety of two letter combinations, where the two letters are the same. 18.
- one alternative key replaces multiple different letters at the same time, the consonant letter is replaced, for example: at least one of b c d f g h j k 1 m n p q r s t v w x y z, and for example: st, sr, pr, str. 19.
- it is characterized in that: it is implemented on a standard keyboard, and its embodiment is set on the standard keyboard: A.
- the space bar and double-click keys double as selection keys.
- the space 2 double-click corresponds to or selects the second text unit or word.
- the space double-click 3 Corresponds to or selects the third text unit or word. And so on. For example: Enter "governments" corresponding to the key gove; e; a total of seven keys.
- the corresponding input key for "assessment” is ae; / total four keys.
- the corresponding input key of "misunderstandings” is misu / e; a / i; a total of H ⁇ -keys, and six keys are omitted.
- a substitute key or alternative key refers to a key in the present invention.
- the method of replacing the letter replaced by the substitute key or the alternative key has the following characteristics: A. The letter to be replaced is determined. B. For the letters in different positions in the word, use substitute or non-replacement keys respectively. For example, use the combination key input method: When entering sto, if st is not one of the combination keys, "s" uses the substitute key or alternative key.
- a single-letter replacement key is set to replace the input of a letter.
- A. Letter substitution keys do not replace single-letter vowels, (a, e, i, o, u).
- D. Replacement You cannot use the one-key input combination key to input a representative letter. When the combination key represents a continuous input of a letter, substitute a combination key for a letter input.
- the middle representative letter is entered with the substitute key.
- str is entered
- t is entered with the substitute key.
- the corresponding key of system 4 (single substitution) 457 (single substitution) has a total of 6 keys. 26.
- the check (key) and alternate key systems are used instead. The key selection first replaces different letters entered with one key.
- At least one key can only arrange two letters at most; B. At least two keys can arrange at most two letters; C. At least three keys can arrange at most two letters; D. At least four keys A maximum of two letters can be arranged; E. According to A to D, except for a, e, i, o, and u, the second letter arranged is one of the six letters ⁇ v, j, x, q, and z.
- F according to A to D, in addition to a, e, i, o, u, the second letter arranged is at least two of the six letters k, v, j, x, q, z; G , According to A to D divided by T a, e, i, o, u, the second letter arranged is at least three of the six letters v, j, x, q, z; H, according to A to D divides T a, e, i, o, u, and the second letter arranged is at least four of the six letters k, v, j, x, q, and z; I.
- the second letter arranged is at least five of the six letters k, v, j, x, q, z; J, according to A to D except a, e, i, o, u ,
- the second letter is arranged at least six ⁇ v, j, x, q, z six letters of
- an alternative key can be replaced at the same time
- one substitute key can replace more than two letters at the same time.
- one substitute key can replace more than three letters at the same time.
- the substitute key can replace more than two consonants connected like gl, rld, rldw,
- the system of the present invention is provided with a dictionary module, a retrieval module, and a corresponding code module.
- a code is input, the corresponding module is retrieved through the retrieval module in the dictionary module to provide a display.
- the present invention describes a combination key and a check key (key order key), wherein there is a certain difference in the use effect between the two.
- the defect of the check key is that when multiple letters are selected on the key position This key recognition failure will occur. For example, abc is checked in one of the number keys, a is checked by one key, b is checked by two keys, and c is checked by three keys. When you enter be, you must end the entry b. Add an identification key or a confirmation key, and when bee is entered, double-click to confirm b, one-key to confirm a, and three-key to confirm c. Therefore, three additional confirmation keys are required, which will delay input efficiency.
- a combination key is that it can avoid the above problems, but problems occur when continuous input is performed between the letter keys representing the combination key. For example, st, you must enter at least three keys when you type. (Key-time key) or radio button coexistence, try to make part of the regular combination of letters between the letters as a combination key to represent the letter key, and the other part as a radio selectable letter key according to the letter rules. This problem can be avoided. For example, s and a are placed on the key combination of the letter key and the radio button or check button (key key) to avoid this problem. '
- Keypad or numeric keypad text (letter) information input method In Pinyin text, many letters of words are concatenated. For example: 1, k, s, s, e, e, c, m, o in will, kill, assassination, meeting, week, accuse, common, soon are all written separately.
- a new solution is proposed in the present invention, that is, only one of the characters can be input in the case of continuous writing.
- the advantage of ellipsis is that it can be entered quickly, and in addition, using this method in the keypad can avoid some operational obstacles.
- the code base in the system of the present invention is used to store codes corresponding to words, and the word base stores words corresponding to codes. Retrieve The module is responsible for retrieving the corresponding word by the input code. In the input code, if the same letter is concatenated in a word, the concatenated letter is omitted to retain one letter.
- the application range of the combination key of the present invention can be applied to various Pinyin characters in the world. Because there are thousands of Pinyin characters in the world, it cannot be exemplified.
- the present invention has disclosed its core technology. The skilled person may refer to the implementation, which certainly belongs to the protection scope of the present invention. Some embodiments are disclosed below for several languages: Japanese embodiments:
- the technology of the present invention can be used for kana input.
- An example of this is shown in FIG. 29.
- Each key can be assigned up to 10 pseudonyms.
- Two rows can be printed on the keyboard.
- Each row can arrange up to 5 pseudonyms.
- Each row is arranged in the order of the kana syllabary.
- the punctuation marks are distributed on the key combination, and a punctuation mark is input by two keys.
- the punctuation marks are distributed on the key combination, and two keys enter a number symbol.
- a numeric key combination distributes ten data symbols.
- Arabic letters are distributed on the keypad and entered by key combinations.
- A. Arabic letters are distributed in 1-10 numeric key combinations.
- B. Arrange 1-10 Arabic letters on each numeric key combination.
- C. Arrange two lines of Arabic letters on each number key.
- D. Arrange 1-5 Arabic letters for each line.
- E. The 48 basic Arabic alphabets are arranged first. Including: mWij ⁇ d ⁇ c jjo ⁇ A ⁇ j ⁇ J ⁇ -L i ⁇ Jj ⁇ jL ⁇ ", '?'.
- F 32 extended Arabic word lines are arranged after.
- At least one number combination key is arranged with punctuation keys, which are two keys combined with a symbol.
- Punuation keys which are two keys combined with a symbol.
- Ten numeric symbol keys are arranged on at least one number combination key. They are two keys combined with one number.
- Punctuation keys are arranged on at least one number combination key. They are two keys combined to form a symbol. H. At least one number combination key is arranged ten Number symbol keys, which are two keys combined with a number. I. The uppercase and lowercase letters of the Russian Cyrillic letter on each number combination key correspond one to one. J. Two lines of letters are arranged on each number combination key. 1-5 letters are arranged in each line, the first line is lowercase letters, and the second line is uppercase letters. K. Two lines of letters are arranged on each number combination key, and 1 to 5 letters are arranged on each line. The first line is uppercase. Letters, the second line is lowercase
- ⁇ contains: 1 combination key; 2 radio button; 3 check button (keys); ⁇ , radio button includes at least one vowel key; C, combination key includes at least one consonant key; D, contains 6 Single or compound key; E, with 1-5 check keys (keys) or to One less check key (key sequence key).
- A Includes combination keys, radio buttons, check keys (key times), and alternate keys; B, radio buttons and check keys (key times) consist of 5 keys; C ;, key combinations consist of 5 keys Key composition; D.
- Alternative keys replace letters in the input process, and the intelligent module correspondingly selects the words corresponding to a set of input (including alternative keys) letter keys.
- FIG. 34 An embodiment of the Japanese keypad is shown in FIG. 34.
- An alternative key is added to the Japanese keypad input embodiment.
- the above Japanese keyboard can also be used as an English-Japanese keyboard, and also has a fast input function in English.
- the present invention can ensure that the vowel letter is input by one key, the vowel letter and its position can be fixed and retained when each word is input.
- the probability of error is limited, so we can use this feature to quickly input words, and basically guarantee the correct rate. No increase or even decrease, but the accuracy rate is still very high.
- each consonant or non-radio key letter uses the key identified by it to enter it with one key, and the letter corresponding to the vowel or radio button One-click completion (for example: a, e, i, o, u) o If there are more than one word corresponding to the input code, according to the principle of high-frequency foresight, the words with higher frequency are given priority.
- the limit number can be set according to the situation.
- the present invention provides an embodiment, if a word is 5 letters or more, it is input in a smart way.
- school can be input intelligently, and its corresponding code is 411002.
- the input code length is the same as the word character length.
- the letter to be entered is a letter in a combination key
- no combination is performed, and only the corresponding key is entered, depending on the high-frequency selection method in the memory.
- the number key corresponding to each letter to be input means that the letter is entered, and there is no need to correspond to the key combination.
- the input code of the is 517 corresponding to the word, the most frequent is the, but the possible combinations are t or h or b or c or d or f, the, tbe, tee, tde, tfe, of which only the may constitute a word
- the other possibilities are very small, so only the first one can be selected.
- This input method is especially helpful for the input of words with many consonants connected, such as: school (swxyz) + (hbcdf) + (hbcdf) + 0 + 0 + (ngjkl) where school appears most frequently, so Show priority, school.
- the combination probability of sch is the highest, and the probability of the combination of the other three consonant letters in the single word is very low, such as: whh, xhh, yhh, Z hh ...
- the probability of occurrence is very small Few, especially multi-character consonants appear consecutively, such as: 3-letter, 4-letter types are few. In this case, more intelligent input methods should be used.
- Figure 5 is a hybrid of efficient intelligent and non-efficient inputs. We can design the above-mentioned inefficient intelligence and non-efficient intelligence compatible manifestations in the system, or we can choose them by menu.
- the method for implementing the Chinese character input scheme on the English standard keyboard of the present invention is the same and easy to implement. It only needs to eliminate the number input and retain the text input, which is a novel and fast Chinese character input scheme.
- Keypad alphabet arrangement method and keyboard is the same and easy to implement. It only needs to eliminate the number input and retain the text input, which is a novel and fast Chinese character input scheme.
- a small keyboard such as a numeric keypad
- at least one key is provided with multiple letters.
- the letters on the keyboard are arranged in a certain order. At least some of the letters are prioritized by 26 letters in English.
- the priority order is as follows: If the above letters belong to the former in the above order, they are arranged first, and the latter in the above order are arranged backward.
- Radio buttons are not arranged in alphabetical order of 26 letters in English. 2. Better: The vowels are not prioritized according to the 26 English alphabetical order. 3. Better: The high-frequency consonant keys are not arranged in priority according to the English alphabet of 26 letters. 4. Better: At least one of the first letters of each key position is not prioritized according to the English alphabetical order of 26 letters. 5. Better: The first letter of each key position is not prioritized according to the English alphabetical order of 26 letters. 6. Better: Arrange at 1 to 5 numeric keys. At least one key of the alphabet excludes vowels and arranges them according to the English alphabetical order of 26. 7. Better: 5 vowels and at least 2 keys are arranged in order of 26 letters in English. 8. Better: The first letter of each key on the key combination is arranged back and forth in 26 alphabetical order.
- the above-mentioned priority ranking is in accordance with the 26 alphabetical order, but some letters can be excluded, and then the alphabetical order is given priority.
- Consonants are prioritized according to English alphabetical order after vowels are excluded.
- the vowels are prioritized according to the English alphabetical order after the consonants are excluded.
- the first key of the combination keys excludes the radio buttons and the letters after the second letter of the combination key, and they are arranged in the order of 26 letters in English. 4. Better: The first key of the combination keys excludes the radio button vowel letters and the letters of the consonant letters after the second letter of the combination keys, which are arranged in priority according to the English alphabetical order of 26 letters. 5.
- the letters other than the first letter in the key combination are prioritized according to the English alphabetical order of 26 letters. 6.
- the letters other than the first letter in the key combination are in English alphabetical order and are given priority in the order of the key combination.
- the key positions in the keyboard include 2abc; 3def ; 4ghi; 5jkl; 6mno ; 7pqrs ; 8tuv; 9wxyz.
- At least one key of the keyboard arranges several letters in a sequence of 26 letters in English. At the same time, a key combination letter is arranged on this key.
- the preferred 2 key line is 2abc, and the other line arranges gkxmn in Chinese Pinyin letters. 6.
- At least one key of the keyboard arranges several letters in a sequence of 26 letters in English.
- the preferred 6 keys are 6mno in one row, and the other row arranges ang in the Chinese Pinyin alphabet, where a is a radio button, an and ang are check keys (keys). 7.
- At least one key in the keyboard arranges several letters in a sequence of 26 letters in English.
- a combination of radio button and check button (key-time key) (consecutive key) key letters are arranged on this key.
- the double row key design includes the following:
- Multi-row keys are arranged on the key surface in consideration of the relatively small area of the keys. Printing multiple rows of letters can make it difficult to distinguish, so you can choose the following options:
- Optional Print or place the letters on the key surface design of one row of keys under the keys to make reasonable use of space. This scheme is used in Fig. 40, with one row of letters arranged inside the key and the other row of letters arranged outside or under the key.
- the three-row arrangement is to add a row of stroke arrangements on the basis of the above, and arrange two rows of letter keys and one row of stroke keys on at least one key position of the keypad.
- the advantage of this arrangement is to facilitate the three needs of different customers.
- This includes the two-row design described above, and also includes a row of stroke designs, that is, two rows of letter keys and at least one stroke key are arranged on at least one arbitrary key.
- a mode selection key is set to confirm the specific use mode.
- any one of the keypad designs proposed in the description of the present invention or its improvement can be used as one of the multi-row key designs of the present invention, and any other keyboard design mentioned in the description of the present invention Both can be used as another or another row in a multi-row key design. Therefore, anyone skilled in the art should clarify the meaning proposed by the above content of the present invention.
- Display keys are set on keyboards containing numbers.
- High-frequency confirmation key A key other than the number key is used as the high-frequency confirmation key. During the input process, select the high-frequency Chinese character or phrase that is ranked first. 2. Optional: * key. 3. Optional: # key. 4. Optional: ok key. 5. Better: Use the ok key as the high frequency confirmation key. 6. For example: Enter the 54000 key (corresponding to zhong). The screens are displayed in turn: Zhong Zhong Zhong, Zhong Zhong Zhong Zhong Zhong. Press ok to select "Medium”.
- the page-turn key is used to select new characters or phrases on the new screen, such as the second screen and the third screen. Since all Chinese characters or phrases cannot be completely displayed in the first screen, the screen needs to be turned. Key to solve the problem of flipping the screen.
- Selection method Set a confirmation selection key to confirm the start of the display of the Chinese character or phrase when the Chinese character or phrase is entered. Select the confirmation key:
- Selection method After confirming with the selection key, select with the digit code key of the corresponding Chinese character on the screen.
- the corresponding Chinese characters or phrases are selected by the numeric keys. If the number of Chinese characters or phrases on the screen is less than ten, at least one numeric key will be vacated. At this time, the vacated numeric keys can be defined as other Features.
- An input confirmation key for pinyin letters is set on a keyboard containing numbers.
- An input confirmation key and a number input key of the number keys are set on a keyboard containing numbers.
- Number keys are function selection keys at the first key
- the number keys are set on the keyboard that contains the numbers, and the function selection key is used as the first key.
- the function selection key selects the function, and the function confirmation key confirms the function.
- the number 1 key for the number function selection key, and # key for the number function confirmation key and the number function end key.
- the other number keys as the number function selection key, and use the # key as the number function confirmation key and the number function end key.
- Use the number 2 key for the function selection key for capital letters use the # key for the function confirmation key for capital letters, and the function end key for capital letters.
- Use the other number keys to make the function selection key for uppercase English letters, use the # key for uppercase English characters, the main function confirmation key, and the uppercase English function end key. 6.
- Numeric keys are used as Chinese character selection keys, punctuation mark selection keys, numeric selection keys, uppercase letter selection keys, or lowercase letter selection keys. Since ten numeric keys have the above function keys, there will be surplus. Key, you can take full advantage of the numeric key functions described above.
- At least one number key in 1234567890 is not used as a function key for numbers or uppercase English letters or lowercase English letters or punctuation marks, but is used as a confirmation key for Chinese characters. 2. Better: 12345 number keys are used to confirm Chinese characters. 3. Preferably: At least one of the numeric keys in 67890 is a confirmation key for uppercase English letters or lowercase English letters or numbers or punctuation marks. 4. Better: Use the 6 key to confirm the function of capital letters. 5. Better: Use the 7 key to confirm the function of lowercase English letters. 6. Better: Use the 8 key as a number to make a function confirmation key. 7. Better: Use 9 key as punctuation mark as function confirmation key. 8. The effect of this solution:
- the 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 keys are used as the consonant keys of Chinese characters, so they are the first keys for Chinese character input. Therefore, if these five keys are used to retain the function of the consonant key, single-word high-frequency input is guaranteed.
- a single-word high-frequency selection key is provided on a keyboard containing numbers.
- the corresponding display of 3 is as follows: If you want to see the call of a few companies, press ok to get “Just”, press # key to get the call of a few see you, press the corresponding number key in turn to select the corresponding Chinese character. Or letters. 8.
- the corresponding display of 4 is as follows: If you have two friends, you will be separated from each other. Press “ok” to get “Returned”, and press # to get 1 two friends. Please press the corresponding number key to select the corresponding Chinese character. Or letters. 9. For example, 5 should display: Yes—also use the factors, press ok to get “yes”, press # to get y—and also use the factors, press the corresponding number key in turn to select the corresponding Chinese character or letter .
- Adding a substitute letter with a key is to facilitate the input of a specific letter in a fixed collocation in a word syllable, without affecting the normal input of the letter in a non-replacement key, and the replaced letter key can also be entered on the keyboard.
- Optional: h is replaced by an additional key instead of a key. 2.
- n is replaced by adding a key instead of a key. 3.
- Optional: g is replaced by adding a key instead of a key. 4. Better: Add a substitute key. The letters are replaced by one key. 5.
- Selected Add alphabet substitution keys to input Latin letters. 12.
- Optional Chinese pinyin, adding letter replacement key after 1-5 key to replace h key. 13.
- the number keys represent the aeiou letter keys and no longer represent at least one of n, g, and ng. 19.
- At least one keystroke of the keystroke represents the input of a phrase.
- Number keys represent aeiou alphabetic keys. At least one keystroke of a key represents a number or a numeric function key. 22.
- Number keys represent aeiou alphabetic keys. At least one key of the double-click key represents alphabetic or alphabetic function keys. 23.
- the number key represents the aeiou alphabetic key. At least one key of the double-click key represents an uppercase letter or an uppercase letter function key.
- Number keys represent aeiou alphabetic keys. At least one key of the double-click key represents lowercase letters or lowercase function keys.
- the number key represents the aeiou alphabet key. At least one key of the double-click key represents the punctuation or punctuation function key.
- Gradual display of number key input When Chinese characters and phrases are input together, each letter corresponding to a key or a number key is entered. The screen displays a new Chinese character or phrase arrangement.
- Number 1 corresponds to dbcfh
- number 2 corresponds to gkxmn
- number 3 corresponds to jpqrs
- number 4 corresponds to ltvwz
- number 5 corresponds to ychshzhth
- number 6 corresponds to ang
- number 7 corresponds to eng
- number 8 corresponds to ing
- the number 9 key corresponds to ong
- the number 0 key corresponds to un.
- the ok key is the high frequency Chinese character confirmation key.
- the c key is the delete key.
- the # key is the Chinese character selection confirmation key. After confirming, press the corresponding number key to select the corresponding Chinese character or phrase, and return automatically after the selection. 7, # key when used independently as a space bar. 8. * key is used to move left. 9. The number 0 key has at least three consecutive hits, which are used as punctuation keys respectively. 10. Contains double-character, three-character, and four-character input.
- the numeric keys corresponding to each letter in turn display Chinese characters or phrases in high frequency. 12, of, at, yes, at, one, and, big, no, at, there, at least two of these letters are high frequency words. 13.
- Chinese character input starts with the number key corresponding to the first letter and displays Chinese characters according to frequency. 14.
- the double character is displayed in order according to the frequency.
- the first letter of the three-letter Chinese character corresponds to the number key input, when the first key of the number key corresponding to the pinyin letter of the second character begins to be entered, the three-letter word is displayed in order according to the frequency. 16.
- the four-character word is displayed in order according to the frequency. 17.
- the lower Chinese character phrase should be displayed first. 18.
- Input single-word high-frequency Press 1
- the screen displays to the ground, press ok to get "".
- Enter the word land Press 17.
- Enter the two-character fact press 538538.
- a fuzzy processing module is set to intelligently recognize Chinese pinyin to find words or phrases.
- the intelligent fuzzy method and device are as follows:
- Some pinyin letters can be replaced by the corresponding number keys of other pinyin letters, and some letters that are easily misspelled can be replaced by some letters.
- sh or ch or zh replace the input with the corresponding number keys of other letters.
- ng replaces the input with the corresponding number key of n.
- ang, eng , i n g, ong , ung are allowed to use any of them Which set of corresponding numeric keys replaces the input. 6.
- the Chinese characters and phrases corresponding to the numeric keys corresponding to the input letters and the substitute Chinese characters and phrases corresponding to the alphanumeric keys are displayed after the letters are entered.
- the Chinese characters or phrases that the letters should correspond to are called local correspondences, and the Chinese characters or phrases that correspond to fuzzy ways are called fuzzy correspondences.
- _ 3 a better one: The corresponding word or phrase is displayed first according to the frequency, and the fuzzy corresponding Chinese character or word is then displayed according to the frequency.
- the corresponding Chinese characters or phrases corresponding to the pinyin letters are arranged, and the fuzzy corresponding Chinese characters or phrases are arranged at the same time.
- corresponding words or phrases and the vague corresponding words or phrases are arranged in order according to the frequency.
- the OK key, # key, and * key are the confirmation keys respectively.
- the design of the display area should be distinguished on the display screen when performing intelligent and non-intelligent dual displays, and there should be specific intelligent display areas and non-intelligent display areas.
- the intelligent display area is in the lower left corner, and the non-intelligent display area is in the upper area of the intelligent display area. 2.
- Intelligent display area and non-intelligent display area are on the same line. 3.
- the smart display area and the non-intelligent display area are not on the same line.
- the dual display design of the present invention is suitable for various texts, including pinyin text.
- Input example 1 Enter 5 keys to get dual display: t (OK) the (#)
- the OK key is a non-intelligent fuzzy state confirmation key
- the # key is a fast fuzzy state confirmation key. Using a fast blur state will improve input efficiency.
- the display segment is a line segment for displaying different text information, and includes at least two upper display segments. 1. Better: At least one display area is used to display the text information that has been input and confirmed. The first segment of the display shows that the confirmation message has been entered. 2. Better: At least one display area is set for displaying the letters in the confirmed non-fast blur state. 3. Preferably: At least one display area is provided for displaying fast fuzzy prompt words or text units for searching prompts based on input information. See Figure 44 English keypad input further program
- Optional Display at least one word. 2. Optional: Display at least two words. 3. Optional: Display at least three words. 4. Optional: Display at least four words. 5. Optional: Display at least four words. 6. Better: Display the word audio frequency first. 7. Better: The letters of the displayed word are more than the letters entered. 8. For example: Enter 5 and t are displayed on the screen.
- the numeric keyboard When the numeric keyboard is used to input letters corresponding to numbers, the corresponding input letters are displayed, and the intelligently processed high-frequency words are also displayed, and the input is confirmed by the confirmation key.
- the ⁇ -keyboard When the ⁇ -keyboard is used to input letters corresponding to numbers, the corresponding input letters are displayed, or intelligently processed high-frequency words are displayed at the same time. The input is confirmed by the confirmation key, and the entered characters or words are deleted by the delete key.
- the numeric keypad When the numeric keypad is used to input letters corresponding to numbers, the corresponding input letters are displayed, or the intelligently processed audio words are displayed at the same time, and the input is confirmed by the confirmation key, and the space is spaced by the space key, and each space key is blank one space at a time.
- the numeric keypad When the numeric keypad is used to input letters corresponding to numbers, the corresponding input letters are displayed, or intelligently processed high-frequency words are also displayed. Set a digital function switch to control the digital input switch. Press the digital function switch to enter the number. .
- a non-numeric key is set as the compatible key, and the single or double selection of the key corresponds to one of the three functions mentioned above, namely the uppercase letter key or punctuation key or number
- the compatible function of the key is the key.
- Including a CPU to search for high-frequency words corresponding to the entered letters including a display to display input letters and audio words; including keyboard input letters and function key function information; including a word memory for storing words, words arranged in a dictionary, and Arrange by frequency; Include word temporary storage to save temporarily entered letters; Function operation module.
- the number of keystrokes must be reduced, and the number of keystrokes is preferably one word per word. Or multiple words with one click. Since a keypad is used in many devices, the keypad usually requires input on about ten key positions or can input or set to input more than 10 or 20 or 30 letters.
- the present invention designs a key secondary key device.
- the key secondary key is provided with A: an input device, the input device is a keyboard, and the keyboard includes multiple keys.
- Setting B A CPU or a judging device for judging the number of keystrokes of a key.
- C a key information call device And a key information unit storage device.
- D the call device for key information be used to call the corresponding input information or character unit in the storage device corresponding to the number of times of pressing the key.
- E a storage device of the key information unit, which is used to store information or character units corresponding to the number of times of different keys.
- F a display for displaying the input process and / or let G: a key information call device and a key information unit storage device.
- H Press the key combination device to input information according to the key combination unit.
- Setting I The storage device of the key combination information is used to store the characters or information corresponding to the key combination. In the above device, if the secondary key is an independent radio button, the secondary key is a radio button, and the device for determining the number of times of the secondary key is not required at this time.
- the keystroke key of the present invention is characterized in that as the number of keystroke times is different, the character information or the number of letters input by the corresponding keystroke key is different, that is, the number of keystrokes of different keystroke keys corresponds to different Number of input letters.
- the input letter corresponding to the primary unit of at least one key is one letter
- the input letters corresponding to different key times of the key times of the present invention are different. Therefore, a reasonable arrangement is to input a relatively small number of letters with a lower key and a larger number of letters with a higher key.
- the above solution is adopted in order to more reasonably arrange the number of keys and the number of letters to match, so that fewer letters require fewer keystrokes, and more letters require more keystrokes. Entering more letters with one letter per key or fewer or fewer keystrokes means more efficient typing.
- the number of letters corresponding to different key times of at least one key is different, or the keys of different key times respectively correspond to different numbers of letter unit inputs.
- Each input of at least one key corresponds to one or at least one letter.
- 2 inputs of at least one key corresponds to 2 or at least 2 letters.
- 3 inputs of at least one key corresponds to 3 or at least 3 letters.
- 4 entries of at least one key corresponds to 4 or at least 4 letters.
- 5 entries of at least one key corresponds to 5 or at least 5 letters.
- 6 inputs of at least one key corresponds to 6 or at least 6 letters.
- 7 entries of at least one key corresponds to 7 or at least 7 letters.
- Optional-8 inputs for at least one key corresponds to 8 or at least 8 letters.
- 9 times of at least one key corresponds to 9 or at least 9 letters.
- 10 entries of at least one key corresponds to 10 or at least 10 letters.
- 10 entries of at least one key corresponds to more than 10 letters or at least 10 letters.
- the number of input times of the keystroke key and the actual number of input letter units may be inconsistent, that is, a certain keystroke of a certain keystroke key may correspond to more than the number of letters entered or Less than the number of keys.
- the number of input times of the keystroke key and the actual number of input letter units may be inconsistent, that is, the number of letters corresponding to a certain keystroke of a certain keystroke key is greater than the number of times of the keystroke.
- One input of at least one key corresponds to or gets 2 or more letters.
- the 2 inputs of at least one key correspond to or get 3 or more letters.
- At least one of the three times of the key corresponds to or gets 4 or more letters.
- 4 entries of at least one key corresponds to or gets 5 or more letter entries.
- the number of input times of the keystroke key and the actual number of input letter units may be inconsistent, that is, the number of letters entered for a certain keystroke of a certain keystroke key is less than the number of keystrokes.
- 2 inputs of at least one key corresponds to or gets 1 letter input.
- At least one input of the key 3 times corresponds to or gets 2 or more letters.
- 4 entries of at least one key corresponds to or gets 3 or more letter entries.
- At least one key 5 times of the key corresponds to or gets 4 or more letters.
- the input letter corresponding to one keystroke unit of at least one keystroke is one letter.
- the input letter corresponding to the multiple keystrokes of the key-stroke key allows more than one letter to improve the input efficiency.
- the input letters corresponding to multiple keystrokes of at least one keystroke are multiple letters, that is, more than one letter.
- it is characterized in that two consecutive hits with at least one key and two keys correspond to inputting two letters.
- it is characterized by comprising at least one of the following features ⁇ A. 3 consecutive hits with at least one keystroke corresponds to 3 letter input; B.
- the 1st key of at least one key is A (or a) or E (or e) or 1 (or i) or 0 (or o) or U (or u).
- the second key of at least one key is AN (or an) or EN (or en) or IN (or in) or ON (or on) or UN (or un).
- the third key of at least one key is ANG (or ang) or ENG (or eng) or ING (or ing) or ONG (or ong) or U G (or ung).
- the secondary key of at least one secondary key is AR (or ar) or ER (or er) or IR (or ir) or OR (or or) or UR (or ur).
- the 3rd key of at least one key is AND (or and) or END (or end) or IND (or ind) or 0ND (or ond) or U D (or und)
- the key input design is very important.
- the present invention specifically designs an incremental input technology.
- At least one of the letter units corresponding to a key with a relatively high number of at least one key sequence is a letter in a letter unit corresponding to the low-order number of keys of the key
- At least one of the input letters corresponding to the high key times of at least one key is the low key times of the key corresponding to the letter
- the design scheme of the present invention is mainly to solve a common phenomenon encountered in the process of inputting characters in various countries, because in addition to the basic letters in the characters of each country, there are also some fixed letter combinations that are used very widely, for example, AN (or an ) Or EN (or en) or IN (or in) or ON (or on) or UN (or un), ANG (or ang) or ENG (or eng) or ING (or ing) or ONG (or ong) or UNG (or ung), AR (or ar) or ER (or er) or IR (or ir) or OR (or or) or UR (or ur), AND (or and) or END (or end) or IND ( Or ind) or OND (or ond) or UND (or und).
- AN or an ) Or EN (or en) or IN (or in) or ON (or on) or UN (or un)
- the characteristics of these combinations are that it is possible that a relatively small number of letters in a multi-letter combination or the frequency of letters are also very high. For example, ANG (or ang) is used very frequently, and AN (or an) is used frequently. Very high, A (or a) is used more often.
- the present invention intends to design a new scheme by using the relationship between the accumulation of the key times of the key times and the continuous progress of a letter combination in the text to implement a technical solution of increasing the key times.
- the secondary key of one key and the secondary key of the key is the same as the letter entered by the primary key.
- a (a) is entered A (a) once, AN (an) is entered twice, ANG (ang) is entered 3 times, and A (a) is entered once for 2 keys, 3 Secondary key input includes AN (an) for secondary key input and A (a) for primary key input
- the key combination is to realize the information input effect through the combination input between two different keys in the keyboard.
- the device of the invention comprises:
- a keyboard and key combinations in the keyboard There is a CPU and a judging device to judge the type of the key combination.
- a storage device is used to store the character information or letters corresponding to the key combination.
- a calling device is used to call the information or letters in the corresponding storage device according to the type of the key combination
- the keyboard of the present invention includes at least one key combination, that is, an information unit is correspondingly input by a combination between two different keys.
- it is characterized by comprising 5 key units constituting a combination key, and the combination input of any two keys between the 5 key units corresponds to one or more letters or character information.
- the present invention proposes two technical devices and methods for inputting letter information or character information, one of which is a key sequence key and the other is a combination key. The cooperation between the two will effectively improve the input method.
- At least one key combination is used to input consonants or initials or Chinese initials.
- At least one key is used to input vowels or finals or Chinese finals.
- at least one key of the primary key, the secondary key, or the secondary key is used to input a vowel letter or a final or a Chinese final
- the invention is applicable to various characters or characters represented by letters.
- the solution of the present invention may be used for inputting letters in a numeric keyboard or a mixed keyboard of numeric letters.
- the numeric keys of the numeric keyboard include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0
- At least 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 keys are used to input vowels or a combination of letters beginning with a vowel, and at least one key of the key is used to Enter vowels in combination letters
- Number keys 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 correspond to the input combination keys
- number keys 6, 7, 8, 9, and 0 correspond to the input key secondary keys, respectively.
- the invention is applicable to various small keyboards or alphabetic keyboards with numbers
- the design scheme of the present invention is applicable to devices of various small keyboards or numeric keyboards and devices using the keyboard, for example, applicable to devices including various CPUs or devices capable of being connected to the CPU
- the device determines whether the key is entered; 2. Determines the state of the input (the abc mode of the fast input or double-row key of the present invention); 3. Determines whether the input is a radio button or a combination key or a check key; 4 Recall the corresponding characters in the memory; 5. Display the input characters themselves and / or their corresponding high-frequency phrases or words.
- high-frequency single-word or word prompts can be given at the same time as letter input, which can speed up the input speed.
- the screen displays the character and the highest frequency word corresponding to the character, which is convenient for fast input.
- the semi-radio key or the alphabetic key of the combination key can be input by one key, they can improve the efficiency when used before the radio button or the check key or the secondary key.
- the one-key input Therefore, what kind of key is very important.
- the present invention indicates that some high-frequency letter keys should be used, and some embodiments and ranges are also proposed in the present invention. Examples of combination keys, semi-radio keys, or alphabetic keys in the content of the invention and keyboard diagrams can be used. As an alternative to the invention.
- each of the key combinations of 33 or FIG. 34 or FIG. 35 or FIG. 36 or FIG. 37 or FIG. 37 or FIG. 39 or FIG. 40 or FIG. 41 may represent at least one alternative of the embodiment.
- the representative keys are not necessarily all the alternative keys, but at least one of them should be the alternative unit key.
- At least 1 or 2 or 3 or '4 or 5 of the h, n, r, t, and s keys are semi-radio keys and / or the combination keys represent letter keys
- At least 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 of the d, g, j, 1, and y keys are semi-radio keys and / or the combination keys represent letter keys
- at least 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 of the h, n, r, t, s, d, and 1 keys are semi-radio keys and / or combined punch parent keys
- At least 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 of the b, h, n, t, and z keys are semi-radio keys and / or key combinations represent letter keys
- a new keypad solution is added while using the other inventions above, so that the user can remember and use the keypad to enter text:
- Optional Enter Chinese using the keypad. 2.
- Consonants are b, c, d, f, g, h, j, k, 1, m, n, p, q, r, s, t, v, w, x, y, z ⁇ B> C, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, M, N, P, Q, R, S, T, V, W, X, Y, Z uppercase and lowercase letters can be arranged, the following Only lowercase letters are used for explanation, but uppercase letters can also be used.
- the arrangement order of the consonant letters in the present invention should be arranged according to the order of the letters of each language. The vowel letters are excluded, but the order of the consonant letters after the exclusion is retained.
- Each key arrangement letter can be changed, for example, the following letters can be arranged:
- Consonants can be arranged on the keys on the keypad
- the keypad When arranging the keypad, it can be consistent with the numerical order, that is, the alphabetical order and the numerical order are the same.
- the relatively earlier alphabetic group is arranged on the key of the number first, and the relatively later alphabetic group is arranged after the number. Key position.
- the consonant alphabet arrangement can start from any number of the number keys, and then arrange them one by one.
- Input method Enter letters or pinyin on the keyboard. Or the corresponding text unit of the letter or input result can be displayed on the screen, including single words, phrases, pinyin, Chinese characters, Chinese character phrases, etc. Or you can continue to display other text content based on the entered letters.
- the system will investigate the corresponding text unit from the system according to the input code.
- the system will check Call up or display the text unit corresponding to the search code
- the system constitutes a master unit.
- the combination key When a combination key is used to input a consonant letter, the combination key is a multi-key input. However, if some non-combination keys and combination keys form a system, the combination keys and non-combination keys are connected to input a radio button, that is, the combination key is used for 1-key input is also possible. In this case, some letter keys can complete the input by 1 key. At this time, which letter is used as the 1-key radio button to enter will have very important meaning.
- the alphabetical row with a high frequency behind so the alphabetic letter with a low frequency may be in front.
- the highest frequency letter is first, so if only the first letter is displayed well when displayed, or the first letter is selected as a radio button when the radio button is selected, the high frequency may be lost first. Effect may also lose the effect of high-frequency less-key input, so in order to ensure such an input effect, a special design of the radio button
- the radio button is the first letter. 2. Better: The radio buttons are not the first letters. 3. Better: The radio buttons may be at the front or not at the top, that is, according to their frequency and don't care about the position of the radio buttons. The radio button with the highest frequency is not the radio button. Key selection
- the radio button is identified on the keyboard, that is, the letter or position of the radio button is indicated on the keyboard.
- the radio button is fixed in the system and is excellently displayed when displayed.
- radio buttons are noted in any direction around the letter in the key, for example in Note under the letter, or the word itself, for example, use uppercase or lowercase to distinguish:
- Radio buttons and non-radio buttons are distinguished by white and yellow. Of course, they can also be distinguished by other colors, as long as radio buttons and non-radio buttons are different colors.
- Radio buttons Two types of radio buttons can be used for identification when making identification, and various features can be used
- each radio button has a different color, for example: English radio buttons are white, Chinese radio buttons are yellow.
- Mixed distinction that is, each radio button can be individually identified by large or small letters or colors or marks, any of them. 5.
- Mixed discrimination where one letter selects one of the above three discrimination methods, and the other letter selects another of the above discrimination methods.
- FIG. 45 is an example of a small keyboard in which 5-tone letters are arranged in order, in which consonants are concentrated on 5 key positions, and some of the keys are 5 consonant letters.
- FIG. 46 is an example of a small keyboard in which 5-tone letters are arranged in order, in which consonants are concentrated on 5 key positions, of which some keys are 5 consonant letters, English radio buttons are capitalized, and Chinese radio buttons are underlined. .
- the key positions other than the combination keys can be arranged with radio buttons, check buttons, etc.
- the radio button is 1 key and 1 letter
- the check button is 1 key to enter multiple letters, or multiple keys to enter multiple letters
- the above-mentioned keypad of the present invention mainly includes a vowel radio button, a consonant semi-radio button, a consonant combination key, and a secondary key disposed on the vowel radio button key position.
- the arrangement of the combination keys can include five keys: bcdfg, hjklm, npqrs, tvwxy, and z;
- the other group of keys can be pure vowel radio buttons or mixed distribution keys of vowel radio buttons and subkeys; for example: five keys: a, e, i, o, u;
- the above keys are allowed to be combined with a number key, or they are combined and distributed on a key position respectively.
- X inch should be 1. bcdfg, 2. hjklm, 3. mpqrs 4. tvwxy, 5. z, 1. a, 2. e, 3. i, 4. o,
- the input effect of the present invention is very ideal. Although it compresses more than 20-30 keys into 10 key input letters, the effect is hardly affected. This is a very shocking part of the present invention. For example, when typing the notion that in English, it's all one-key input.
- the Chinese input "actually” has its pinyin entered by Shishishang and all are entered with one click.
- Another example is Japanese input nashi, shinnen are one-click input.
- the invention makes the keyboard design fully coincide with the laws of language and has worldwide effects. It is suitable for all kinds of characters. Therefore, its contribution to the efficient text input of the micro keyboard is very great, and it makes our text input convenient. Greatly improved. Even with a non-highly standardized two-hand operation of the standard keyboard, free and efficient text entry is possible. It gives us a great degree of freedom in working posture, and it also makes a great contribution to the extension of human nature.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Input From Keyboards Or The Like (AREA)
Abstract
Description
一种高效字母的数字或小键盘的信息输入装置和输入方法 发明领域 Information input device and input method for high-efficiency alphabet number or small keyboard
本发明涉及信息输入领域,具体涉及一种小健盘信息输入装置和利用该装置的输入方法。 发明目的 The present invention relates to the field of information input, and in particular, to a small disk information input device and an input method using the device. Object of the invention
提高数字键盘或小键盘输入文字信息的效率,并且提高输入的方便程度尽量使小键盘的 输入效果接近,甚至好於大键盘的输入效果.从而提高在此小键盘基础上形成的各种电子、 电 脑设备的文字和信息输入效率。 Improve the efficiency of entering text information on the numeric keyboard or keypad, and improve the convenience of input. Try to make the input effect of the keypad as close as possible, or even better than that of the large keyboard. This will improve the various electronic, Computer equipment text and information input efficiency.
附图说明 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图 1为本发明一实施例的小键盘的分布图; FIG. 1 is a distribution diagram of a keypad according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 2为本发明另一实施例的小键盘的分布图; 2 is a distribution diagram of a keypad according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图 3为本发明另外一实施例的小键盘的分布图; 3 is a distribution diagram of a keypad according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图 4为本发明另外一实施例的小键盘的分布图; 4 is a distribution diagram of a keypad according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图 5为本发明另外一实施例的小键盘的分布图; 5 is a distribution diagram of a keypad according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图 6适用于中、 英文等相关文输入; Figure 6 is applicable to Chinese and English input;
图 7适用于日、 中、 英文等相关文输入; Figure 7 applies to Japanese, Chinese, English and other related text input;
图 8适用于英、 西文等相关文输入; Figure 8 applies to English, Spanish and other related text input;
图 9适用于英、 西文等相关文输入; Figure 9 applies to English, Spanish and other related text input;
图 10— 13是 6— 7的缩略; Figure 10-13 is an abbreviation of 6-7;
图 14类同图 9, 适用于英、 西文等相关文输入; Figure 14 is similar to Figure 9 and is applicable to English, Spanish and other related text input;
图 15适用于中文高效输入键盘; Figure 15 is suitable for Chinese efficient input keyboard;
图 16适用于组合键为 6键的键盘; FIG. 16 is applicable to a 6-key keyboard;
图 17键盘不包括汉字的键盘; Figure 17 The keyboard does not include a Chinese character keyboard;
图 18包括 10个组合键的键盘; FIG. 18 includes a keyboard with 10 key combinations;
图 19, 组合键为 6, 非组合键为 9的键盘; Figure 19: A keyboard with a combination of 6, and a non-combination of 9;
图 20包括了空格、标点符号、大写转换、数字转换,其中标点符号键是单选复选重合键; 图 21字母输入键为 11个; Figure 20 includes spaces, punctuation, capitalization, and number conversion. The punctuation key is a radio button and the check coincident key. Figure 21 includes 11 letter input keys.
图 22—种折叠输入装置的示意图, 其中左边的 A部分为屏幕, 右边是小型输入键盘; B 是中轴线; Figure 22—A schematic diagram of a folding input device, where the left part A is the screen, and the right part is a small input keyboard; B is the center axis;
图 23'小键盘设一个单字母替代键来替代一个字母的输入; Figure 23 'The keypad has a single-letter replacement key to replace the input of a letter;
图 24类同图 21 ; Figure 24 is similar to Figure 21;
图 25、 26、 27是小键盘复选键 (键次键)设计; Figures 25, 26, and 27 show the design of the keypad check key (key-time key);
图 28适用于中英文输入 " 1或 d"应尽量包括在组合键代表字母键; Figure 28 is applicable to Chinese and English input. "1 or d" should be included in the key combination to represent letter keys as much as possible;
图 29日文小键盘; Figure 29 Japanese keypad;
图 30俄文小键盘; Figure 30 Russian keypad;
图 31俄文小键盘实施例; FIG. 31 embodiment of a Russian keypad;
图 32俄文小键盘实施例; FIG. 32 An embodiment of a Russian keypad;
图 33俄文小键盘实施例; Figure 33 Russian keyboard embodiment;
图 34英日键盘; Figure 34 English and Japanese keyboard;
图 35-37的 1至 6键为组合键, 7-0键为单选键或复选键(键次键); The keys 1 to 6 in Figure 35-37 are combination keys, and the keys 7-0 are radio or check keys (keys);
图 38-41分别为双排排列; Figure 38-41 is a double-row arrangement;
图 42是英文智能输入系统装置; Figure 42 is an English intelligent input system device;
图 43是英文智能输入系统装置方法; Figure 43 is the English intelligent input system device method;
图 44是显示段; Figure 44 is the display segment;
图 45为 5音字母按顺序排列的小键盘实施例; 图 46为 5音字母按顺序排列的小键盘实施例; FIG. 45 is an embodiment of a small keyboard in which 5-letter letters are arranged in order; FIG. FIG. 46 is an embodiment of a small keyboard in which 5-letter letters are arranged in order; FIG.
图 47为键次键或复选键(键次键) 的实施装置图; FIG. 47 is a diagram of an implementation device of a key secondary key or a check key (key secondary key);
图 48为本发明系统的一个实施方法实施例说明图。 FIG. 48 is an explanatory diagram of an embodiment of an implementation method of the system of the present invention.
发明概述 Summary of invention
小键盘特征 Keypad features
小键盘包括字母键, 字母键至少有一个键上设置两个以上的字母, 每一个字母不是都由 一个独立键对应输入。 在键盘上同时设置数字和字母, 至少一个字母键上安置数字键, 或至 少有一个键上同时安置字母键或数字键。 每个键根据键位上安排的字符相应的输入其字符信 息, 识别装置由键盘系统装置内设接收识别装置, 用来识别按键输入的信息, 内设储存装置 用来存储特定的字母信息,接收和识别装置根据输入信息对应查找储存装置的特定字母信息, 设显示装置, 用来显示输入信息和被査到的储存装置内储存的相应信息。 设 CPU或中央处理 装置, 用来进行识别和査找, 以及对各模块装置功能的实现。 The keypad includes alphabet keys. At least one of the alphabet keys is provided with more than two letters. Each letter is not input by a separate key. Numbers and letters are set on the keyboard at the same time, at least one letter key is arranged with a number key, or at least one key is arranged with a letter key or a number key at the same time. Each key is input its character information according to the characters arranged on the key position. The identification device is provided with a receiving and identifying device in the keyboard system device to identify the information input by the keys. A built-in storage device is used to store specific letter information and receive The identification device searches for specific letter information of the storage device according to the input information, and a display device is provided to display the input information and corresponding information stored in the searched storage device. A CPU or a central processing device is provided for identifying and searching, and realizing functions of each module device.
本发明所述的小键盘适用于各种电子, 计算机设备 The keypad of the present invention is applicable to various electronic and computer equipment.
1、 可选的: 手机、 固定电话、 鼠标、 各类键盘、 101键盘、 QWERT键盘、 或标准键盘的 右侧小键盘、 笔记本电脑、 电子字典、 掌上电脑、 计算器、 手表、 电子摇控板、 快译通、 传 真等各种可带键盘的, 并含有 CPU的各类电子设施。 1. Optional: Mobile phone, fixed phone, mouse, various keyboards, 101 keyboard, QWERT keyboard, or the right keypad of a standard keyboard, laptop, electronic dictionary, handheld computer, calculator, watch, electronic remote control board All kinds of electronic facilities including keyboard, fast translation, fax, etc., which can be equipped with keyboard and contain CPU.
本发明的键盘特征 Keyboard characteristics of the present invention
1、 可选的: 小键盘至少包括一个单选键和至少一个组合键。 2、 可选的: 小键盘至少包 括一个单选键和至少一个复选(连选)键。 3、 可选的: 小键盘至少包括一个单选键和至少一 个组合键和至少一个复选(连选)键。 1. Optional: The keypad includes at least one radio button and at least one key combination. 2. Optional: The keypad includes at least one radio button and at least one check button. 3. Optional: The keypad includes at least one radio button, at least one key combination, and at least one check (continuous selection) key.
单选键是指由一键对应和输入一个字母键,组合键是指由二个不同的键对应和输入一个 字母键, 连选键是由同一键上的两个连键输入或两个以上的连键输入对应和输入键上所对应 的字母。 A radio button is a key that corresponds to one key and enters a letter. A key combination is a key that corresponds to two keys and enters a letter. A radio button is entered by two keys on the same key or more than two. The connected keys correspond to the letters on the keys.
本发明组合键 Combination key of the present invention
所述组合键指通过不同键间组合输入字母或字符等符号信息, 至少一个组合键设置多个 字母或字符。 The combination key refers to inputting symbol information such as letters or characters through combination of different keys, and at least one combination key is provided with multiple letters or characters.
1、 较佳的: 允许其中至少一个组合键位上的每个字母或字符不相同。 1. Better: Allow each letter or character on at least one of the key combinations to be different.
2、 较佳的: 组合键安排在 1至 5键上。 2. Better: The key combination is arranged on the 1 to 5 keys.
输入方法 Input method
组合键上安排的键位上的数码键为组合键的第一键, 组合键的字母或字符单元的位次为 组合键的第二键。 The number key on the key position arranged on the combination key is the first key of the combination key, and the letter or character unit of the combination key is the second key of the combination key.
组合键单元构成 Composition of key unit
1、 可选的: 组合键单元至少由一个字母或字符构成。 2、 可选的: 组合键单元至少由二 个字母或字符构成。 3、 可选的: 组合键单元至少由二个以上字母或字符构成。 4、 可选的: 所述组合键包括多个组合键。 5、 可选的: 所述组合键包括多于 5个组合键。 6、 可选的: 所 述组合键包括小于 5个组合键。 7、 可选的: 所述组合键包括 5个组合键。 8、 可选的: 所述 组合键包括分别依顺序至少代表 "hbcdf", "ngjkl", "rmpqv", "swxyz", "t"。 9、 可选的: 所述组合键可以代表输入组合字母或字符。 10、 可选的: 所述组合键中之一组合键代表单字 母和组合字母。 11、可选的: 所述组合键中之一组合键代表输入 t和或 th和或 ch和或 sh和 或 zh和或 ts和或 ng和或 wh和或 ed和或 ly和或 tr和或 dr至少之一。 12、 可选的:.所述 组合键之一代表 t\th\ch\sh\zh。 13、 可选的: 所述组合键之一代表 t\ch\sh\zh\ts。 14、可 选的: 所述组合键之一代表 t\ch\Sh\ts。 15、 可选的: 所述组合键之一代表 t:\ch\sh\ts适 合日本或英文输入。 16、可选的: 所述组合键之一代表 t\th\ch\sh\Zh中文或英文输入。 17、 可选的: 所述组合键之一至少代表 ch\sh\zh\ts中的一组。 18、 可选的: 所述组合键之一至 少代表一个汉字。 19、 可选的: 所述组合键之一代表汉字: 的 \和\大 \这\一 \不\了\是\有\ 在中之一汉字。 20、 可选的: 所述组合键之一代表 输入。 21、 可选的: 所 述组合键之一代表字母输入的同时, 也代表汉字输入, 同上。 22、 可选的: 所述组合键分别 依序代表除上列以外的排列也是可行的。 23、 优选的: 所述 5个组合键分别代表 0-9中的五 个数字。 24、 优选的: 组合键设置在 1-5数字键上。 25、 较佳的: 组合键安排辅音键。 1. Optional: The key combination unit consists of at least one letter or character. 2. Optional: The key combination unit consists of at least two letters or characters. 3. Optional: The key combination unit consists of at least two letters or characters. 4. Optional: The combination key includes multiple combination keys. 5. Optional: The combination key includes more than 5 combination keys. 6. Optional: The combination key includes less than 5 combination keys. 7. Optional: The combination key includes 5 combination keys. 8. Optional: The key combination includes at least "hbcdf", "ngjkl", "rmpqv", "swxyz", "t", respectively, in that order. 9. Optional: The combination key may represent a combination of letters or characters. 10. Optional: One of the combination keys represents a single letter and a combination letter. 11. Optional: One of the combination keys represents input t and or th and or ch and or ch and or zh and or ts and or ng and or wh and or ed and or ly and or tr and or dr at least one. 12. Optional: One of the key combinations represents t \ th \ ch \ sh \ zh. 13. Optional: One of the key combinations represents t \ ch \ sh \ zh \ ts. 14. Optional: One of the combination keys represents t \ ch \ S h \ ts. 15. Optional: One of the key combinations represents t: \ ch \ sh \ ts suitable for Japanese or English input. 16. Optional: One of the key combinations represents t \ th \ ch \ sh \ Z h Chinese or English input. 17. Optional: One of the combination keys represents at least one of ch \ sh \ zh \ ts. 18. Optional: One of the combination keys represents at least one Chinese character. 19. Optional: One of the key combinations represents Chinese characters: \ and \ 大 \ 这 \ 一 \ 不 \ 了 \ 是 \ 有 \ Chinese character in one. 20. Optional: One of the combination keys represents Enter. 21. Optional: One of the key combinations represents the input of letters and the input of Chinese characters, as above. 22. Optional: It is also feasible that the combination keys respectively represent an arrangement other than the above sequence in order. 23. Preferred: The five combination keys respectively represent five numbers in 0-9. 24. Preferred: The combination key is set on the 1-5 number keys. 25. Better: The combination key arranges the consonant key.
单选键 Radio button
单选键是由一键安排字母或字符, 由一键输入其字母或字符, 单选键允许一键代表和输 入多个字母或字符。 Radio buttons are used to arrange letters or characters by one key, and enter letters or characters by one key. Radio buttons allow one key to represent and enter multiple letters or characters.
1、 单选键只安排单个字母或字符。 1. Radio buttons only arrange single letters or characters.
2、 单选键和组合键安排在一键。 (1 )可选的: 其中第一个字母或信息单元为单选键对 应输入。(2)可选的: 输入方法为组合键的单选键在组合键的代表键和非组合键连接输入时, 为单选键输入, 并且代表输入组合键的第一个单元字母或符号。 2. Radio buttons and key combinations are arranged in one key. (1) Optional: The first letter or information unit is corresponding to the radio button. (2) Optional: The radio button whose input method is a combination key. When the representative key of the combination key and the non-combination key are connected and input, it is a radio button input and represents the first unit letter or symbol of the input combination key.
3、 单选键和复选键(键次键)安排在一起。 (1 )可选的: 其第一字母或符号单元为单 选键对应输入。 (2) 可选的: 所述单选键代表出现频率最高的字母或字符。 (3)较好的: 所 述单选键包括 5个键。 (4)较好的: 所述单选键代表元音字母。 (5)较好的: 所述单选键分 别代表字母 a, e, i, 0,u。 (6)较好的: 所述单选键分别代表其它语言如俄语的元音字母。 (7) 较好的: 所述单选键分别代表朝鲜语言元音字母。 (8)较好的: 所述单选键分别代表阿拉伯 语言元音。 (9)较好的: 所述单选键分别代表希腊文元音字母。 (10)可选的: 所述单选键还 分别代表 0-9中的数字键。(11 )可选的: 所述单选键代表元音以外的其它在文中单词中出现 频率字母或字符。 3. The radio button and the check button (keys) are arranged together. (1) Optional: The first letter or symbol unit is corresponding to a radio button. (2) Optional: The radio button represents the letter or character with the highest frequency of occurrence. (3) Better: The radio button includes 5 keys. (4) Better: The radio buttons represent vowel letters. (5) Better: The radio buttons respectively represent the letters a, e, i, 0 , u. (6) Better: The radio buttons respectively represent vowels in other languages, such as Russian. (7) Better: The radio buttons respectively represent vowels of the Korean language. (8) Better: The radio buttons respectively represent Arabic vowels. (9) Better: The radio buttons respectively represent Greek vowels. (10) Optional: The radio buttons also represent numeric keys in 0-9, respectively. (11) Optional: The radio buttons represent letters or characters that appear frequently in words in the text other than vowels.
复选键(键次键) Check key
复选键(键次键)也是连选键, 也可以叫做复合键, 由同一个键的连键构成。 The check key (key secondary key) is also a continuous selection key, which can also be called a composite key, which is composed of the continuous keys of the same key.
1、 可选的: 连键由两键构成。 2、 可选的: 连键由三键构成。 3、 可选的: 所述复选键 1. Optional: The double key is composed of two keys. 2. Optional: The connection key consists of three keys. 3. Optional: the check key
(键次键)代表一个字母或字符。 4、 可选的: 所述复选键(键次键)代表多个字母或字符。 5、 较佳的: 二复选键(键次键)代表两个字母。 6、 较佳的: 三复选键(键次键)代表三个 字母。 7、较佳的: 至少一个复选键(键次键)上的复选键(键次键)所代表的字符是不相等 的。 8、较佳的: 至少一个复选键(键次键)上的复选键(键次键)所代表的字符是不相等的, 并且较多的连键代表输入的字符多于相对较少的连键。 9、较佳的:至少一个复选键(键次键) 上的复选键(键次键)所代表的字符是不相等的, 并且较多的连键代表输入的字符多于相对 较少的连键, 至少在一个键位上, 二复选键(键次键)代表输入二个字母, 三复选键(键次 键)代表输入三个字母。 10、 较佳的: 至少在一个复选键(键次键)位上相融一个单选键, 单选键代表输入的字母为二复选键(键次键)上所代表输入第一字符中的第一个字符, 二复 选键(键次键)上代表输入的字母为三复键上代表输入的前两个字母。 11、较佳的: 单选键、 复选键(键次键)的相融键所代表的字母随着选键的数量增加而递增。 12、较佳的: 单选键、 复选键(键次键) 的相融键所代表的字母随着选键的数量增加而递增, 高复选键(键次键) 所代表输入的字母的前部分保留低临位选键上所代表输入的字母。 13、 可选的: 所述复选键(Key sequence key) represents a letter or character. 4. Optional: The check key (key of the key) represents multiple letters or characters. 5. Better: The two check keys (keys) represent two letters. 6. Better: The three check keys (keys) represent three letters. 7. Better: The characters represented by the check key (key key) on at least one check key (key key) are not equal. 8. Better: The characters represented by the check keys (keys) on at least one check key (keys) are not equal, and more concatenated keys represent more characters entered than relatively fewer Connected. 9. Better: The characters represented by the check (key) key on at least one of the check keys (key time key) are not equal, and more concatenated keys indicate that more characters are entered than relatively fewer In the case of at least one key, the two check keys (key times) represent two letters, and the three check keys (key times) represent three letters. 10. Better: At least one radio button is combined on at least one check key (key key). The radio button means that the letter entered is the first character entered on the two check keys (key time key). The first character in the two check keys (keys) represents the letter entered, and the three check keys represents the first two letters entered. 11. Better: The letters represented by the combined keys of the radio button and the check button (key sub-keys) increase with the number of selected keys. 12. Better: The letters represented by the combined keys of the radio button and the check button (key subkey) increase as the number of keys increases. The high check key (key subkey) precedes the letter entered. Some reserved letters on the low key selection keys are reserved. 13. Optional: the check key
(键次键)是指得一个键的重复输入复合而同一键的不同复选可以分别代表输入不同数量的 字母字符。 14、 可选的: 所述复选键(键次键) 由一个键多次复合输入时所代表的字母或字 符应高于略少次复选所代表的字母或字符。 15、 可选的: 所述复选键(键次键) 的不同复合 次数所代表的字母或字符有如下特征: 多复合一次所代表的字母和字符的前部分与少复选一 次所代表的字母和字符是相同的。 16、 可选的: 所述复选键(键次键) 复选次数越多, 相应 的所代表的字母或字符数量就越多。 17、 可选的: 所述复选键(键次键)复选次数增加时, 相应的所代表的字母或字符数量是逐字符增加的。 18、 可选的: 单选键和复选键(键次键) 在共同的键位上。 19、 可选的: 单选键和复选键 (键次键) 分别对应 ang (a\an\ang) ; eng(e\en\eng); ing (i\in\ing); ong (o\on\ong); ung 五组中的至少一组。 20、 可选的: ang (a\an\ang); eng(e\en\eng); ing (i\in\ing); ong (o\on\ong); ung (u\un\ung) 五组单元所对应的数字键的顺序从前向后, 较佳的: 至少其中由两组单元是按以上顺序先后 排列的。 21、 可选的: 在单复选递增合并键上, 单选键和复选键(键次键) 的共用键位上所 印制的字母符号为最大复选键(键次键) 的字母符号, 此目的是为了减少字母符号所占用的 键面, 较佳的: 代表组分别为 ang ; eng ; ing ; 0ng ; ung。 22、 可选的: 复选键(键次键)和单 选键共同对应相应的数字键。 23、 可选的: 复选键(键次键) 允许做其它字母的字母或字符 的输入键, 由于复选键(键次键)可以连续复选, 因此可利用这些资源输入其它特殊字符或 不常使用的字符或字母。 24、 可选的: 复选键(键次键)或单复共连键允许代表输入标点符 号。 25、 可选的: 复选键(键次键)或单复共连键允许代表输入 a, e, i, 0, u上有特定符号的 元音字母。 26、 较佳的: 复选键(键次键)或单复共连键允许代表输入元音 άάδδ、 eeee, όό 5o, i i ii, Μύύ。 27、较佳的: 或3、 C或其它。 28、较佳的: 复选键(键次键)或单复共连 键允许代表输入除 a,e,i, o,U以外的各种元音字母。 29、 较佳的: 复选键(键次键)或单复 共连键允许代表输入大写字母。 30、 较佳的: 复选键(键次键)或单复共连键允许代表输入 大写字母, 例如 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, 0, P, 0, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z中的至少一个字 母。 31、 较佳的: 复选键(键次键)或单复共连键设置在数字键 6、 7、 8、 9、 0上。 32、 可 选的: 复选键(键次键)或单复共连键单击输入一个字母或字符。 33、 可选的: 复选键(键 次键)或单复共连键双击输入比单击多输入至少一个字母或字符。 34、 可选的: 复选键(键 次键)或单复共连键三击输入比双击输入至少多一个字母或字符。 35、 可选的: 复选键(键 次键)或单复共连键四击输入比双击输入至少多一个字母或字符。 36、 可选的: 复选键(键 次键)或单复共连键而同一键位相对地少击时对应输入的字母或字符以相对多击一键时的字 母或字符前部分是统一(一致) 的。 37、 优选的: 针对中文(拼音)输入键盘和中文(拼音) 输入方法, 复选键(键次键)或递增键对应韵母。 38、 优选的: 针对中文 (拼音)输入键盘 和中文(拼音)输入方法, 复选键(键次键)或递增键分别对应 ang\eng\ing\ong\ung。 39、 优选的: 针对英文输入复选键(键次键)或递增键对应输入, ang\eng\ing\ong\ung。 40、可 选的: 针对英文输入复选键(键次键)或递增键对应输入, and\ed\ing\ong\Ung五种之一。 41、 可选的: 所述的小键盘信息输入装置, 还包括至少一个切换键, 用来在数字输入与字母 输入之间转换。 42、 可选的: 所述小键盘信息输入装置至少包括一个标点符号切换键。 43、 可选的: 所述小键盘信息输入装置至少包括一个大写字母符号切换键。 44、 可选的: 所述小 键盘信息输入装置至少包括一个数字符号切换键。 45、 方便的: 所述 5个单选键还分别代表 汉字的五个基本笔画。 46、 较佳的: 所述的小键盘信息输入装置, 还包括至少一个切换键, 以在笔画输入与字母输入之间转换。 47、 较佳的: 所述的小键盘信息输入装置, 还包括 5个 组合键, 分别依顺序至少代表 "hbcdf", "ngjkl", "rmpqv", " swxyz", "t"。 48、 其中, 所 述 5个单选键还分别代表 0-9中的 5个数字, 所述 5个组合键还分别代表另外 5个数字; 所 述小键盘信息输入装置还包括至少一个切换键, 以在笔画输入、 字母输入和数字输入之间转 换。 49、 合适的: 所述的键盘, 还包括左移键和右移键。 50、 优选的: 所述的键盘, 还包括 左移键和右移键。 51、 可选的: 所述的键盘, 还包括空格键, 结束键。 52、 优选的: 键 1代 表 1及 hbcdf ( lhbcdf) ; 键 2代表 2及 ngjkl (2ngjkl);键 3代表 3及 rmpqv (3r即 qv); 键 4代表 4及 swxyz (4swxyz) ; 键 5代表 5及 t/th/ch/sh/zh; 键 6代表 6及 ang(a/an/ang); 键 7 代表 7及 eng(e/en/eng); 键 8代表 8及 ing(i/en/ing); 键 9代表 9及 ung(u/un/ung); 键 0代表 0及 ong(o/on/ong); (Key times key) refers to the compound input of one key repeatedly, and different check of the same key can represent different numbers of alphabetic characters. 14. Optional: The check key (key-time key) The letter or character represented by one key multiple compound input should be higher than the letter or character represented by a few times of check. 15. Optional: The letters or characters represented by the different compound times of the check key (key order key) have the following characteristics: The first part of the letter and character represented by multiple compound once and the one represented by less check once Letters and characters are the same. 16. Optional: The more the check key (key number key), the more times the check is made, the more the corresponding letters or characters are represented. 17. Optional: When the number of times of check by the check key (key times key) increases, the corresponding number of letters or characters is increased character by character. 18. Optional: The radio button and the check button (key times) are on the same key position. 19. Optional: The radio button and the check button (secondary key) correspond to an g ( a \ an \ ang) ; eng (e \ en \ eng); ing (i \ in \ ing); ong ( o \ on \ ong); ung At least one of five groups. 20. Optional: ang (a \ an \ ang); eng (e \ en \ eng); ing (i \ in \ ing); ong (o \ on \ ong); ung (u \ un \ ung) The order of the number keys corresponding to the five groups of units is from front to back, preferably: At least one of the two groups of units is arranged in the above order. 21. Optional: On the single check multiplying and merging keys, the alphabetic symbols printed on the common key positions of the single check key and the check key (key order key) are the letters of the largest check key (key order key). Symbol, the purpose is to reduce the key surface occupied by the alphabetic symbols, preferably: the representative groups are ang; eng; ing; 0 ng; ung. 22. Optional: The check (key) and radio buttons correspond to the corresponding number keys. 23. Optional: Check key (key order key) Allows you to enter the letters or characters of other letters. Since the check key (key order key) can be continuously checked, you can use these resources to enter other special characters or Infrequently used characters or letters. 24. Optional: A check key (key sequence key) or a single multiple joint key allows inputting punctuation marks on behalf of the user. 25. Optional: The check key (key order key) or single complex co-linking key allows the input of vowels with specific symbols on a, e, i, 0, u. 26. Better: The check key (key order key) or the single-duplex joint key allows delegates to input vowels άδδ, eeee, όόo, ii ii, Μύύ. 27. Preferred: or 3, C or other. 28. Better: The check (key) key or single complex co-linking key allows the input of various vowels except a, e, i, o, U. 29. Better: The check (key) key or the single-column joint key allows the representative to enter capital letters. 30. Better: The check (key) key or the single-column co-join key allows you to enter uppercase letters, such as A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L , M, N, 0, P, 0, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z. 31. Better: A multiple-selection key (key-time key) or a single-multiple joint key is set on the number keys 6, 7, 8, 9, and 0. 32. Optional: Click the check key (keys) or single or multiple keys to enter a letter or character. 33. Optional: Check (double-click) or double-click and double-click to enter at least one letter or character more than double-click. 34. Optional: Check (double-click) or single-complex and triple-click input at least one more letter or character than double-click. 35. Optional: Check key (key sequence key) or single-complex joint key. Four-click input is at least one more letter or character than double-click input. 36. Optional: The multiple keys (keys) or single and multiple co-linking keys, and the corresponding letters or characters are entered when the same key position is relatively few strokes, and the letters or characters in front of one key are relatively more unified. (Consistent). 37. Preferred: For a Chinese (Pinyin) input keyboard and a Chinese (Pinyin) input method, the check key (key secondary key) or increment key corresponds to the final. 38. Preferred: For the Chinese (Pinyin) input keyboard and Chinese (Pinyin) input method, the check key (key-time key) or increment key respectively correspond to ang \ eng \ ing \ ong \ ung. 39. Preferred: For a English input check key (key-time key) or increment key corresponding input, ang \ en g \ ing \ ong \ ung. 40. Optional: For English input check key (key-time key) or increment key corresponding input, one of five types: and \ e d \ ing \ ong \ Un g. 41. Optional: The keypad information input device further includes at least one switch key, which is used to switch between number input and letter input. 42. Optional: The keypad information input device includes at least one punctuation key. 43. Optional: The keypad information input device includes at least one uppercase letter symbol switching key. 44. Optional: The keypad information input device includes at least one numeric symbol switching key. 45. Convenient: The five radio buttons also represent five basic strokes of a Chinese character, respectively. 46. Preferably, the keypad information input device further includes at least one switch key to switch between stroke input and letter input. 47. Preferably, the keypad information input device further includes 5 key combinations, which respectively represent at least "hbcdf", "ngjkl", "rmpqv", "swxyz", "t" in order. 48. Among them, the five radio selection keys also represent five digits from 0-9, and the five combination keys respectively represent another five digits; the keypad information input device further includes at least one switch key To switch between stroke input, letter input, and number input. 49. Suitable: The keyboard further includes a left shift key and a right shift key. 50. Preferably, the keyboard further includes a left shift key and a right shift key. 51. Optional: The keyboard further includes a space key and an end key. 52. Preferred: Key 1 represents 1 and hbcdf (lhbcdf); Key 2 represents 2 and ngjkl (2ngjkl); Key 3 represents 3 and rmpqv (3r is qv); Key 4 represents 4 and swxyz (4swxyz); Key 5 represents 5 and t / th / ch / sh / zh; key 6 represents 6 and ang (a / an / ang); key 7 represents 7 and eng (e / en / eng); key 8 represents 8 and ing (i / en / ing) ; key 9 represents 9 and ung (u / un / ung); key 0 represents 0 and ong (o / on / ong);
其中, 在进行字母输入时, 有如下对应关系 Among them, when performing letter input, there is the following correspondence
l l=hl;2=;b;13=c;14=d;15=f;21=n;22=g;23=j;24=k;25=l;31=r;32=m;33=p;34=q;35=v;41=s; 42=w;43=y;44=z;51=t;52为大写。 ll = hl; 2 =; b; 13 = c; 14 = d; 15 = f; 21 = n; 22 = g; 23 = j; 24 = k; 25 = l; 31 = r; 32 = m; 33 = p; 34 = q; 35 = v; 41 = s; 42 = w; 43 = y; 44 = z; 51 = t; 52 is capitalized.
53、 可选的: 在字母输入时, 还有如下对应关系, 16, 17, 18, 19, 10分别对应于 ha,he,hi,hu,ho; 26,27,28,29,20 分别对应于 na,ne,ni,皿, no; 36,37,38,39,30 分别对应于 ra,re,ri,ra,ro ; 46,47,48,49,40分别对应于 sa,se,si,su,so; 16,17,18,19,10分别对应于 ta,te,ti,tu,to。 54、 优选的: 所述的键盘, 还包括至少 5个笔画键。 55、 可选的: 该 5个笔画键分别对 应 a,e,i,o,u Xlf应的键。 56、 优选的: 键 6对应 A和折; 键 7对应 E和撇; 键 8对应 I和竖; 键 9对应 U和横; 键 0对应 0和捺。根据本发明的另一个方面, 利用小键盘输入字母及汉字 方法, 其中, 所述小键盘为如权利要求 1-22之一所述的小键盘, 包括步骤: 进入字母输入方 式; 如果要输入的字母为单选键代表的字母, 敲击该单选键; 如果要输入的字母为组合键代 表的字母之一, 敲击该组合键, 然后, 敲击代表该字母序号的键。 57、 优选的: 步骤如果要 输入的字母为单选键代表的字母包括步骤: 显示敲击的单选键所代表的字母。 58、 可选的: 步骤如果要输入的字母为组合键代表的字母之一还包括步骤: 在收到敲击代表该字母序号的 键的信号后, 显示该字母。 59、 优选的: 步骤如果要输入的字母为组合键代表的字母之一还 包括步骤: 显示敲击的组合键所代表的字母组, 然后, 在收到敲击代表该字母序号的键的信 号后, 显示该字母。 60、 可选的: 在要输入的字母为组合键的第一个字母其后的输入为除组 合键所代表的字母以外的其它输入的其它键时, 敲击组合键后, 再敲击该其它键, 完成该第 一字母的输入和其它键所代表的信息的输入。 61、 优选的: 所述其它键为单选键所代表的字 母,此时,输入和 /或显示的字母为该组合键代表的第一字母加上该单选键所代表的字母。 62、 可选的: 在输入的字母代表汉字时, 还包括步骤: 显示输入汉字的所有候选字; $俞入要选汉 字的某笔画, 以选择所有候选字中含有对应该笔画的汉字集。 63、 优选的: 所述的利用小键 盘输入字母及汉字的方法, 还包括步骤: 利用数字或笔画键选择所需的汉字。 53. Optional: When entering letters, there are the following correspondences: 16, 17, 18, 19, 10 respectively correspond to ha, he, hi, hu, ho; 26, 27, 28, 29, 20 respectively For na, ne, ni, ware, no; 36,37,38,39,30 respectively correspond to ra, re, ri, ra, ro; 46,47,48,49,40 correspond to sa, se, si , su, so; 16,17,18,19,10 correspond to ta, te, ti, tu, to respectively. 54. Preferably: the keyboard further includes at least 5 stroke keys. 55. Optional: The five stroke keys correspond to the keys a, e, i, o, and u Xlf respectively. 56. Preferably: key 6 corresponds to A and fold; key 7 corresponds to E and Skip; key 8 corresponds to I and vertical; key 9 corresponds to U and horizontal; key 0 corresponds to 0 and 捺. According to another aspect of the present invention, a method for inputting letters and Chinese characters using a keypad is provided, wherein the keypad is the keypad according to any one of claims 1 to 22, comprising the steps of: entering a letter input mode; The letter is the letter represented by the radio button, and the radio button is tapped; if the letter to be input is one of the letters represented by the combination key, tap the combination key, and then, tap the key representing the number of the letter. 57. Preferably: Steps If the letter to be entered is a letter represented by a radio button, the steps include: Displaying the letter represented by the tapped radio button. 58. Optional: Steps If the letter to be entered is one of the letters represented by the key combination, the method further includes the step of: displaying the letter after receiving a signal of tapping the key representing the number of the letter. 59. Preferably: if the letter to be input is one of the letters represented by the key combination, the method further includes the step of: displaying the letter group represented by the typed key combination, and then receiving a signal of tapping the key representing the number of the letter After that, the letter is displayed. 60. Optional: When the letter to be entered is the first letter of the combination key, and the subsequent input is a key other than the letter represented by the combination key, tap the combination key and then tap the key. Other keys complete the input of the first letter and the input of the information represented by the other keys. 61. Preferably: the other key is a letter represented by a radio button, and at this time, the input and / or displayed letter is the first letter represented by the combination key plus the letter represented by the radio button. 62. Optional: When the input letters represent Chinese characters, the method further includes the steps of: displaying all candidate characters of the input Chinese characters; $ 俞 入 Select a stroke of the Chinese characters to select a set of Chinese characters corresponding to the strokes in all candidate characters. 63. Preferably, the method for inputting letters and Chinese characters using a small keyboard further includes the steps of: using a number or a stroke key to select a desired Chinese character.
根据本发明, 一种高效的数字键盘或小键盘的信息装置, 其特征在于: 小键盘的键数应 小于标准键盘的数量, 例如小于 101标准键盘, 或者小于 26个信息输入键。 According to the present invention, an efficient information device of a numeric keyboard or keypad is characterized in that the number of keys of the keypad should be less than the number of standard keyboards, for example, less than 101 standard keyboards, or less than 26 information input keys.
在上述键盘, 包括单选键和组合键。 其中, 单选键表示只输特定唯一的字母或字符; 组 合键指通过键间组合输入其它的字母或字符, 每个组合键代表多个字母、 字符。 The above keyboard includes radio buttons and key combinations. Among them, a radio button indicates that only a specific and unique letter or character is input. A combination key refers to inputting other letters or characters through key combinations. Each combination key represents multiple letters or characters.
现在的电话数字键盘, 一个键重复多次可以输入一个或多个信息。 本发明的组合键是由 两个独立的键的连续输入, 得到一个信息或多个信息输入的结果, 这是组合键的特征。 With today's telephone numeric keypad, one key can be repeated multiple times to enter one or more information. The combination key of the present invention is the continuous input of two independent keys to obtain the result of inputting one information or multiple information, which is a characteristic of the combination key.
进一步设计方案为其组合键数为两键, 即由任意两个组合键的连续输入或一种组合及排 列输入一个字母或字符, 即敲击第一下组合键选定了该组合键上的多个字母, 随后敲击的第 二组合键选定了字母的位序。 A further design scheme is that the number of combination keys is two keys, that is, continuous input of any two combination keys or a combination and arrangement to input a letter or character, that is, the first combination key is selected to select the Multiple letters, followed by a second key combination, select the letter order.
另外, 信息输入键小于或等于十个键单元。 In addition, the information input key is less than or equal to ten key units.
以上键盘可以兼作数字键盘。 The above keyboard can double as a numeric keyboard.
假设,组合键的构成数或键数为 A,平方次数为组合键次定义为 B,组合的结果数值为 C。 当组合键的构成数 A为 5, 平方数值 B为 2, 组合的结果数值 C为 5*5=25, 至少可以得 到 25个信息输入结果。 Assume that the number of constituent keys or the number of keys is A, the number of squares is the number of key combinations, B is defined, and the result of the combination is C. When the composition number A of the combined key is 5, the squared value B is 2, and the combined result value C is 5 * 5 = 25, at least 25 information input results can be obtained.
当组合键的构一成数为 6, 平方数值为 2, 组合的结果数值为 6*6=36, 至少可以得到 36个 信息输入结果。 When the composition of the combined key is 6, the squared value is 2, and the combined result value is 6 * 6 = 36, at least 36 information input results can be obtained.
例如: 每个组合键代表输入 1-5个字符、 字母, 如果一共设 5个组合键, 如果每键都代 表 1-5个, 两键的组合排列可以得到 25个结果, 所以可以得到 25个输入选择。 For example: Each key combination represents 1-5 characters and letters. If there are 5 key combinations in total, if each key represents 1-5, the combination of two keys can get 25 results, so you can get 25 Enter selection.
如果若干个组合键依次排列, 其序列 (键盘数字)用 X代表, 每个键上的所代表的字符 和字母序列用 Y代表, 我们如果想通过组合键输入任何一个其所能代表的字母、 字符信息分 别输入对应的 X (键) +Y (键)就可以得到。 If several key combinations are arranged in sequence, the sequence (keyboard number) is represented by X, and the character and letter sequence represented by each key is represented by Y. If we want to input any one of the letters it can represent through the key combination, Character information can be obtained by entering the corresponding X (key) + Y (key) respectively.
在本发明中, 输入唯一字母或字符的键或单选键尽量安排输入高频字母。 In the present invention, the keys or radio buttons for inputting unique letters or characters are arranged to input high-frequency letters as much as possible.
由于在文字信息输入中, 任何一种文字总一部分高频字母, 也有一部分低字母, 高频字 母用一键输入效率会高一些, 而非高频字母可以用组合键输入。 Because in the input of text information, there are some high-frequency letters and some low-letters in any kind of text. The high-frequency letters can be input more efficiently with one key, and non-high-frequency letters can be input with key combinations.
由于各种语言中其字词的元音字母的比例都是比较高的, 输入唯一字母或字符信息的键 (单选键)一部或全部安排输入元音字母或被定义为元音字母单选键。 Since the proportion of vowels of their words is relatively high in various languages, some or all of the keys (radio keys) for entering unique letters or character information are arranged to enter vowels or are defined as vowel letters Select key.
利用本发明的键盘和输入方法, 实现了在小键盘上高效输入字母及汉字。 By using the keyboard and the input method of the present invention, letters and Chinese characters can be efficiently input on a small keyboard.
参见图 1, 2中的小键盘。 其中, 键 1代表数字 1和字母 hbcdf ,表示为 (X: ) 1= (Y: ) hbcdf; 键 2 (X: ) 2= (Y: ) ngjkl; 键 3 (X: ) 3= (Y: ) rmpqv; 键 4 (X: ) 4= (Y: ) swxyz; 键 5 (X: ) 5= (Y: ) t; 当切换到字母输入时, 控制系统(未示出, 本领域技术人员熟知该技 术) 收到敲击第一键的信号时, 确定了用户要输入该第一键代表的字母组, 如敲击键 1, 代 表用户要输入 hbcdf之一; 然后, 控制系统收到敲击第二键的信号时, 确定该字母组的位序, 如敲击键 3, 代表输 A C。 为方便起见, 简写为 13=C。 所有对应键击输入如下: See the keypads in Figures 1,2. Among them, the key 1 represents the number 1 and the letter hbcdf, expressed as (X:) 1 = (Y:) hbcdf; key 2 (X:) 2 = (Y:) ngjkl; key 3 (X:) 3 = (Y:) rmpqv; key 4 (X:) 4 = (Y:) swxyz; key 5 (X:) 5 = (Y:) t; When switching to letter input, the control system (not shown, the person skilled in the art is familiar with the technology) receives a signal to tap the first key, and determines that the user wants to enter the first key The representative letter group, such as typing key 1, represents that the user wants to enter one of hbcdf. Then, when the control system receives the signal of typing the second key, it determines the bit sequence of the letter group, such as typing key 3, which represents the input. AC. For convenience, 13 = C. All corresponding keystrokes are entered as follows:
ll=h,12=b,13=c,14=d,15=f; 2 l=n,22=g,23=j ,24=k,25=l; 31=r,32=m,33=p,34=q,35=v; 41=s,42=w,43=x,44=y,45=z; 51=t。 ll = h, 12 = b, 13 = c, 14 = d, 15 = f; 2 l = n, 22 = g, 23 = j, 24 = k, 25 = l; 31 = r, 32 = m, 33 = p, 34 = q, 35 = v ; 41 = s, 42 = w, 43 = x, 44 = y, 45 = z ; 51 = t.
其中, 在英文或罗马拼音的元音字母为 A, E, I, 0, U, 它们的出现概率较高, 分别对 应键盘的数字 6, 7, 8, 9, 0。 Among them, the vowel letters in English or Roman pinyin are A, E, I, 0, U. They have a higher probability of occurrence, corresponding to the numbers 6, 7, 8, 9, 0 of the keyboard respectively.
因此, 用数字键盘或小键盘输入字符或文字信息, 元音键尽量为单选键, 辅音键为组合 键或复合键。 Therefore, use the numeric keyboard or keypad to input character or text information. The vowel key is a radio button as much as possible, and the consonant key is a combination key or a compound key.
组合键: 组合键所指的是由两键或多余两键以上来输入一个字符信息或文字单元被定义 为组合键, 它和上面提到的组合键的性质类似。 Combination keys: Combination keys refer to two or more than two keys to enter a character information or a text unit is defined as a combination key, which is similar in nature to the combination keys mentioned above.
大写(转换)键: 在本发明中, 可以设置一个独立的大写 (转换) 键(图 3)来进行字 母的大小写的转换。 Capitalization (conversion) key: In the present invention, an independent capitalization (conversion) key (Figure 3) can be set to convert the case of the letter.
其使用方法是- Its usage is-
1、 大(小) 写切换, 当按下大写 (转换)键, 其以后所输入的字母全部为大写。 再按 大写(转换)键反回原状态。 2、 其切换是可以交替进行的。 数字与字符信息输入切换键, 作 为数字和字符信息输入之间的切换功能键来决定数字输入状态或字符信息输入状态。 1. Upper (small) write switch. When the upper case (convert) key is pressed, all letters entered thereafter are upper case. Press the uppercase (convert) key again to return to the original state. 2. The switching can be performed alternately. Number and character information input switch key, as a function key to switch between number and character information input to determine the number input state or character information input state.
设一个专用键来(见图 3 )进行切换数字与字母: Set a special key (see Figure 3) to switch between numbers and letters:
1、 数字 /字符一字母切换键: 当按下切换键时, 以后所输入的字符为数字再按此键反回 原状态。 1. Number / character-to-letter switch key: When the switch key is pressed, the characters entered later are numbers, and then press this key to return to the original state.
2、 标点符号切换: 当按下此切换键时, 以后所输入的标点符号再按此键反回。 2. Punctuation symbol switching: When this switch key is pressed, the punctuation characters input later will be pressed to return.
3、 上述切换键的切换功能是交替进行的。 3. The switching function of the above switching keys is performed alternately.
不同于本实施例的其它方案包括: 单选键输入非元音字母键, 如辅音字母键(T, Ν, S……)。 Other schemes different from this embodiment include: radio buttons for inputting non-vowel letter keys, such as consonant letter keys (T, N, S, ...).
还包括: 单选键既包括元音字母输入键, 也包括辅音字母输入键。 Also includes: Radio buttons include both vowel letter input keys and consonant letter input keys.
由于元音字母一般在文字输入当中会占有较高的频率, 最高的可能会达到或接近 50%以 上, 如 national , come等, 如果我们将元音字母用一键代表, 将会使很高比例的字母为一键 输入。 Because vowels generally occupy a high frequency in text input, the highest may reach or approach 50% or more, such as national, come, etc. If we use a key to represent vowels, it will make a high proportion The letters are entered with one click.
做为优选方案单选键安排输入元音字母例如 a/e/i/o/u As a preferred option, radio buttons are arranged to input vowels such as a / e / i / o / u
代表字母键或代表字母: 本发明当中的小键盘, Letter key or letter: the keypad in the present invention,
1、 单选键上所对应的输入字母、 字符为该键的代表字母(键), 1. The corresponding input letter on the radio button, the character is the representative letter (key) of the key,
2、 组合键上排列多个字母, 而第一个字母(Y1 ) 即为该键的代表字母(键)。 2. Multiple letters are arranged on the combination key, and the first letter (Y1) is the representative letter (key) of the key.
以组合键方式输入字母的组合键的首字母 (Y1 ) 为高频字母。 The first letter (Y1) of a key combination that enters letters in a key combination is a high-frequency letter.
控制系统在收到敲击组合键后, 不再敲击另一组合键控制系统默认输入该组合键首字 母。 After the control system receives the key combination, it will not tap another key combination. The control system will input the first letter of the key combination by default.
例如: 敲击单选键或复选键(键次键)或结束键, 如空格等, 控制系统默认输入该组合 键的首字母。 For example: Press the radio button or check button (key-time key) or end key, such as space, etc. The control system enters the first letter of the key combination by default.
一个(单一的)组合键加一个非组合键或单选键或复选键(键次键)或结束键时, 得到 的是组合键的代表字母即单选键字母或结束符。例如: 6键 的单选键, 1+6键=1½组合键输 入之后当按组合键一次即换非组合键时(如 6=a) 即意味着输入组合键的首字母。 如英文中 的 h, r, t, s, n等。 当 1键=111^0^时, 输入 l+6=ha。 When a (single) combination key is added with a non-combination key or a radio button or a check key (key-time key) or an end key, the representative letter of the combination key is the radio button letter or end character. For example: 6-key radio button, 1 + 6 key = 1½ key combination. After pressing the key combination once to change the non-key combination (such as 6 = a), it means to input the first letter of the key combination. Such as h, r, t, s, n in English. When 1 key = 111 ^ 0 ^, enter l + 6 = ha.
这样的好处是: 当要输入 national时, n, t, n三键一键就完成, 实际上 nationa 都是一键完成的, 这种键盘就大大提高了输入速度。 图 2中, *、 #分别可以作为左移键和右移键, #键可以兼作空格键、 结束键。 组合键的任意字母键加空格键或结束键或 #号键, 即意味着输入该组合键中的代表 字母, 例如: 1键=111^0;£1, 11#即意味着输入 h, 也可同时意味着输入结束。 The advantage of this is: when you want to enter national, n, t, n three keys and one key are completed. In fact, nationa is completed with one key. This type of keyboard greatly improves the input speed. In Figure 2, * and # can be used as the left and right shift keys respectively, and the # key can also be used as the space key and the end key. Any letter key of the combination key plus space or end key or # key means to enter the representative letter of the combination key, for example: 1 key = 111 ^ 0; £ 1 , 11 # means to enter h, also Can mean the end of input at the same time.
再例如: hat=165#,输入 165#就等于输入 hat For another example: hat = 165 #, entering 165 # is equivalent to entering hat
*号键可兼作删改键, 当向左移动时, 可对越过的字母进行删除。 The * key can double as a delete key. When you move to the left, you can delete the crossed letters.
两键的组合可以作为符号搜寻键, 由于在用小键盘或数字键盘进行输入时, 有很多 字符信息是无法一键输入的, 故需要特别搜寻, 所以可以设一种组合(双)键为搜寻组合键。 搜寻数字, 标点符号等。 ' The combination of two keys can be used as a symbol search key. When inputting with a small keyboard or numeric keyboard, there is a lot of character information that cannot be entered with one key, so a special search is required. Therefore, a combination (double) key can be set as the search. Key combination. Search for numbers, punctuation, etc. '
本发明设定了十个代表字母键, 其中的代表字母为各数字键上的首字母符号, 其中 有五个为组合键代表字母键, 可选的: 它们分别 h, n, m, S, t, 另外为单键代表字母键, 可选 的: 它们分别是 a, e, i, u, o。 实施例: The present invention sets ten representative letter keys, among which the representative letters are the initial letter symbols on each number key, and five of them are combination keys representing the alphabet keys. Optional: They are h, n, m, S , respectively. t, and a single key represents a letter key, optional: they are a, e, i, u, o. Example:
1键-hbcdf (lhbcdf); 2键 =ngjkl (2ngjkl); 3 ¾=rmpqv (3rmpqv) 1 key-hbcdf (lhbcdf); 2 key = ngjkl (2ngjkl); 3 ¾ = rmpqv (3rmpqv)
4 =swxyz (4swxyz) ; 5键4,大写, 搜索, 待设, 待设 (5t, 大写, 搜索, 待设, 待设) 6键 (6&); 7键^ (76); 8键 =I (8i) ; 9键 =u (9u) ; 0键 =o (0o) 4 = swxyz (4swxyz) ; 5 keys 4, upper case, search, to be set, to be set (5t, upper case, search, to be set, to be set) 6 keys (6 &); 7 keys ^ (76); 8 keys = I (8i); 9 key = u (9u); 0 key = o (0o)
为了提高组合键的输入效果, 如果用组合键输入组合字符将会大大提高输入效率, 故采用选至少一个组合键, 输入至少一个组合字母。 In order to improve the input effect of a combination key, if a combination character is used to input a combination character, the input efficiency will be greatly improved, so at least one combination key is selected and at least one combination letter is input.
例如用设一组合键 5对应 "t\th\ch\sh\zh" For example, set a key combination 5 to "t \ th \ ch \ sh \ zh"
组合键实施例: Combination key example:
ll=h; 12=b; 13=c; 14=d; 15=f; 21=n; 22=g; 23= j; 24=k; 25=1; 31=r; 32=m; 33=p; 34=q; 35=v; 41=s; 42=w; 43=y; 44=z; 51=t; 52=大写控制组合键, 输入一个字母后跟 52 组合键时,前面的字母改成大写。如: 652=A, 752=E, 852=1, 952=U, 052=0, 4252=W, 4352=Y 1152=H; 1252=B; 1352=C; 1452=D; 1552=F; 2152=N; 2252=H; 2352=J; 2452=K; 2552=L; 3152=R; 3252-M; 3352=P; 3452=Q; 3552=V; 4152=S; 4252=W; 4352=Y; 4452=Z; 5152=T 当然 52组合键也可以设置在前, 如: 5251=T ll = h; 12 = b ; 13 = c; 14 = d ; 15 = f ; 21 = n ; 22 = g; 23 = j; 24 = k; 25 = 1; 31 = r; 32 = m; 33 = p; 34 = q ; 35 = v ; 41 = s ; 42 = w ; 43 = y ; 44 = z ; 51 = t; 52 = capital control key combination. When you enter a letter followed by 52, the previous letter changes. In upper case. For example: 652 = A, 752 = E, 852 = 1, 952 = U, 052 = 0, 4252 = W, 4352 = Y 1152 = H; 1252 = B; 1352 = C; 1452 = D; 1552 = F; 2152 = N; 2252 = H; 2352 = J ; 2452 = K ; 2552 = L; 3152 = R ; 3252-M; 3352 = P; 3452 = Q ; 3552 = V; 4152 = S; 4252 = W; 4352 = Y ; 4452 = Z; 5152 = T Of course, 52 key combinations can also be set in front, such as: 5251 = T
53组合键为搜索键, 可用来搜索字符。 The 53 key combination is a search key that can be used to search for characters.
54组合键, 55组合键分别为待定键, 可用来扩展功能。 The 54-key combination and 55-key combination are pending keys, which can be used to expand functions.
当进行组合键字母的输入时, 可先显示其键所对应的代表字母及首字母, 根据第二 键的输入情况, 也可进行调整。 When inputting a combination key letter, the representative letter and initial letter corresponding to the key may be displayed first, and adjustment may be made according to the input situation of the second key.
当组合键输入组合字母的时候, 又可以 When a combination key is used to enter a combination letter, you can
51=1:; 52=th; 53=ch; 54=sh; 55=zh 51 = 1 :; 52 = th ; 53 = ch ; 54 = sh; 55 = zh
比如:当我们输入 1时,屏幕首先显示 h,如果我们又继续输 2,则屏幕再改变成 b, 但可以在第二键未输入之前变色显示或在其字符下做某种特别符号提示,预告有可能被改写。 For example: when we enter 1, the screen will display h first. If we continue to enter 2, the screen will change to b, but it can change color before the second key is not entered or make some special symbol prompt under its character The notice may be rewritten.
由复选键(键次键) 或递增键输入组合字母 Enter a combination of letters by the check (keys) or increment keys
所述复选键(键次键)代表一个或多个字母或字符 The check key (key of the key) represents one or more letters or characters
所述复选键(键次键)是指得一个键的重复输入复合, 而且同一键的不同复选可以分别 代表输入不同数量的字母字符 The check key (key-time key) refers to a compound of repeated input of one key, and different check of the same key can respectively represent different numbers of inputted alphabetic characters
所述复选键(键次键) 由一个字母多次复选时所代表的字母或字符应髙于略少次复选所 代表的字母或字符。 The check key (key-time key) The letter or character represented by a letter that is checked multiple times should be less than the letter or character represented by a few times of check.
例如 a(6) =a; aa (66) =an; aaa (666) =ang E.g. a (6) = a; aa (66) = an; aaa (666) = ang
所述复选键(键次键) 的不同复选次数所代表的字母或字符有如下特征: 多复选一次所 代表的字母和字符的前部分与少复选一次所代表的字母和字符是相同的。 The letters or characters represented by different check times of the check key (key times key) have the following characteristics: The first part of the letter and character represented by multiple check once and the letter and character represented by less check once identical.
例如前述的 aaa (666)对应的 ang比 aa(66)对应的 an多了一个字母 g, 但它们前面有 共同的 ng。 For example, the ang corresponding to the aforementioned aaa (666) has one more letter g than the an corresponding to the aa (66), but they have a common ng in front of them.
aa (66)对应 an比 a(6)对应的 a多了一个 n, 但前面的 a是一致的。 aa (66) corresponds to an an more than a corresponding to a (6), but the preceding a is consistent.
所述复选键(键次键) 复选次数越多, 相应的所代表的字母或字符数量就越多。 所述复选键(键次键)复选次数增加时, 相应的所代表的字母或字符数量是逐字符增加 的。 The more the check key (key number key) is, the more the corresponding number of letters or characters is represented. When the number of times of check by the check key (key key) increases, the corresponding number of letters or characters is increased character by character.
单选键和复选键 (键次键)在共同的键位上 Radio and check keys (keys) on the same key
单选键和复选键(键次键)分别对应 ang (a\an\ang) ; eng (e\en\eng); ing (i\in\ing); ong (o\on\ong); ung (u\un\ung)。 The radio button and the check button (secondary key) correspond to ang (a \ an \ ang); eng (e \ en \ eng); ing (i \ in \ ing); ong (o \ on \ ong); ung (u \ un \ ung).
复选键(键次键)和单选键共同对应相应的数字键。 The check (key) button and radio button correspond to the corresponding number keys.
单选键和复选键(键次键)所共同对应的输入键(数字键)虽然在单选少次复选和多次 复选分别代表依次增加地字符或字母数量, 但由于其所对应输入地字符组合少次复合与多次 复合地未增加输入地字符或字母是一样的。 故可以进行收缩设置(印制)例如: 不同的数字 键分另 []对应 ang\eng\ing\ong\ung Although the input keys (numeric keys) corresponding to the radio button and the check key (key number key) correspond to the number of characters or letters that are sequentially increased in the case of less than one check and multiple checks, respectively, but due to their corresponding The character combination of input characters is the same as that of multiple input characters or letters without multiple input characters. Therefore, you can set the shrinkage (printing). For example: Different numbers and keys are separated by [] corresponding to ang \ eng \ ing \ ong \ ung
优秀的实施例之一 One of the best examples
单选键对应一个元音, 同键位上的复选代表一个元音加一个辅音, 同键位的再次复 选代表一个元音前一个辅音再加一个新辅音, 同键位再次复选则替换成单个的特殊字符(如 ά /d/a/a之一 ) A radio button corresponds to a vowel. A check on the same key position represents a vowel plus a consonant. A second check on the same key position represents a vowel followed by a consonant and a new consonant. Replaced with a single special character (such as one of ά / d / a / a)
类似于复选键(键次键) 的一种设置即递增键, 递增键是指在同一(数码键)键上一次 或多次连击分别对应一个或多个字母或字符每多击(连)一键则相对于多输入至少一个字母 或字符。 并且, 输入效果有继承性。 ' A setting similar to the check key (key number key) is the increment key, which means that one or more consecutive hits on the same (numeric key) key correspond to one or more letters or characters, respectively. ) One key is used to input at least one letter or character. Moreover, the input effect is inherited. '
同一 (数码键)单击输入一个字母或字符。 同一(数码键)双击输入比单击多输入至少 一个字母或字符。 同一 (数码键)三击输入比双击输入至少多一个字母或字符。 同一(数码 键) 四击输入比双击输入至少多一个字母或字符。 同一(数码键)而同一键位相对地少击时 对应输入的字母或字符以相对多击一键时的字母或字符前部分是统一(一致) 的。 Same (numeric key) Click to enter a letter or character. The same (numeric key) double-click input enters at least one letter or character more than a single click. The same (numeric key) triple-tap input has at least one more letter or character than double-tap input. Same (numeric key) Four-tap input is at least one more letter or character than double-tap input. When the same (numerical key) and the same key position are relatively few keystrokes, the corresponding letters or characters are unified (consistently) in front of the letters or characters when the keystrokes are performed one more time.
针对中文 (拼音)输入键盘和中文 (拼音)输入方法, 复合键或递增键对应韵母。 针对中文 (拼音) 输入键盘和中文 (拼音) 输入方法, 复合键或递增键分别对应 ang\eng\ing\ong\ung0 For Chinese (Pinyin) input keyboard and Chinese (Pinyin) input method, compound keys or increment keys correspond to finals. For Chinese (Pinyin) input keyboard and Chinese (Pinyin) input method, the compound or increment key corresponds to ang \ eng \ ing \ ong \ ung 0
针对英文输入复合键或递增键对应输入, ang\eng\ing\ong\ung。 For English input compound key or increment key corresponding input, ang \ en g \ in g \ ong \ ung.
针对英文输入复合键或递增键对应输入, and\ed\ing\0ng\ung五种之一。 For English input compound key or increment key corresponding input, and \ ed \ ing \ 0 ng \ ung one of five types.
本发明适合英, 日, 德, 法, 俄, 中, 意等各种文字。 The invention is suitable for English, Japanese, German, French, Russian, Chinese, Italian and other languages.
发明的俄文用在俄文当中,辅音字母用组合键输入如至少一个组合键的组合输入至 少一个辅音字母。 The invented Russian language is used in the Russian language, and the consonants are input with a combination key such as a combination of at least one combination key to input at least one consonant.
单选键或复选键(键次键)或递增键的至少一个用于输入至少一个俄文的元音字母。 在用本发明输入不同文种的时候, 设置一转换控制装置或智能选择装置, 来选择特 定的文种输入。 At least one of a radio button or a check button (key secondary) or an increment key is used to enter at least one Russian vowel. When using the present invention to input different languages, a conversion control device or an intelligent selection device is provided to select a specific language input.
一种小键盘或数字键盘文字信息输入法, 当输入拼音单词中的元音字母时, 用其对应 的数字键一键输入, 而输入辅音字母时, 由辅音字母所对应的组合键组合输入, 当所要输入 是组合键的代表字母或首字母时, 而且其后面要输入的字母是元音字母时, 该代表字母或首 字代表字母可以由其对应键一键输入。 A keypad or numeric keyboard text information input method. When inputting a vowel letter in a pinyin word, use the corresponding number key to input it with one key, and when inputting a consonant letter, use a combination of key combinations corresponding to the consonant letter. When the letter to be input is the representative letter or initial letter of the key combination, and the letter to be entered after it is a vowel letter, the representative letter or the first letter can be input by one key of its corresponding key.
此外, 字母组合可以由组合键两键输入。 此外, 复选键(键次键)输入多于一个字母。 本发明的组合键、 和或复选键(键次键)、 和或单选键, 是可以独立存在和多种并存来 实现发明的。 In addition, the combination of letters can be entered by two keys. In addition, the check key (key number) enters more than one letter. The combination key, and / or check key (key secondary key), and or radio button of the present invention can exist independently and coexist to realize the invention.
例如全用单选和复选键(键次键): l=bcdf 2=hjkl 3=mpqr 4=stvw 5=xyz For example, use all radio and check keys (keys): l = bcdf 2 = hjkl 3 = mpqr 4 = stvw 5 = xyz
6=ang 7=eng 8=ing 9=ung 6 = ang 7 = eng 8 = ing 9 = ung
0=ong 0 = ong
以上可以做为中、 英文输入或其它文字输入方案和键盘设置。 The above can be used for Chinese and English input or other text input schemes and keyboard settings.
再例如: l=hbcf 2=rjkl 3=srapq 4=rvwx 5=tyz Another example: l = hbcf 2 = rjkl 3 = srapq 4 = rvwx 5 = tyz
6=and 7=eng 8=ing 9=ung 0=ong 本方案可适用与英文、 中文、 日文等其它文字的输入方案。 6 = and 7 = eng 8 = ing 9 = ung 0 = ong This program can be used with English, Chinese, Japanese and other input programs.
在进行中文拼音输入的时候, 由于中文拼音不易出现 on及 un及 ung韵母, 所以在进行 中文拼音输入时, 在进行复选的时候第二键就可以进行跳选, 直接选 ong, 即多次复选时和 单次复选时至少有一键输入字母相同, 也符合本发明技术方案。 当然也可以算作一特例。 When inputting Chinese pinyin, it is not easy to have on, un, and ung vowels in Chinese pinyin. Therefore, when performing Chinese pinyin input, you can skip the second key during the check and directly select ong. At the same time, at least one key input letter is the same during the check and the single check, which also conforms to the technical solution of the present invention. Of course, it can be counted as a special case.
在进行汉语拼音输入时, 如果输入词组左或右移键一次移动, 可以以词为单位移动。 汉字和词汇输入时的区别是汉字输入之后有结束键,词汇输入在词汇构成的词中的字输 入完毕时, 方有结束键。 When inputting Chinese Pinyin, if the input phrase moves left or right once, it can move in units of words. The difference between Chinese characters and vocabulary input is that there is an end key after the Chinese character input. When the vocabulary input is completed in the words in the words formed by the vocabulary, there is an end key.
如输入 "同"时按键 5000=tong此时, 按右移键或结束键 For example, enter "Same" and press the key 5000 = tong. At this time, press the right shift key or end key.
如输入 "同志"时按键 5000558=tongzhi按右移键或结束键 For example, when pressing "Comrade", press the key 5000558 = tongzhi and press the right or end key.
进行汉语拼音输入的时候, 可以进行横向提示, 也可以进行纵列向提示。 When inputting Chinese pinyin, it can be prompted horizontally or vertically.
如果为了提高输入速度, 可以直接选择汉语拼音, 而不必非要选择特定的词或字。 因为在汉字输入时, 如果拼音输入完毕时, 首先出现的是高频的字和词, 正是我们所要 的, 当然就可以选择。 而如果他们不是我们所需要的, 而又不想花太多时间寻找时, 可以进 行拼音默认, 即选取拼音, 这样也不影响所输入文字的阅读。 If you want to improve the input speed, you can directly select Hanyu Pinyin instead of having to select a specific word or word. Because when inputting Chinese characters, if the Pinyin input is completed, the high-frequency words and words will appear first, which is exactly what we want. Of course, you can choose. And if they are not what we need, but do n’t want to spend too much time searching, you can set the pinyin default, that is, select the pinyin, which will not affect the reading of the input text.
根据以上发明的智能方式, 也可以对拼音的词或字进行智能判断, 这时系统中有一判断 模块, 首先依据已经选择的中文高频字或词作为固定坐标, 然后再对默认的拼音进行模糊判 断。 使用本方法也同样可以保证一键一字或接近一键一字。 在应用本方案的时候, 必须设置 一模糊判断键和或高频汉字或词组的判断键, 用来判断选取高频字或词或拼音。 例如, 输入 "我们今天去上班"的输入效果是 According to the intelligent method of the invention above, it is also possible to intelligently judge a pinyin word or word. At this time, there is a judgment module in the system. First, the selected Chinese high-frequency word or word is used as fixed coordinates, and then the default pinyin is blurred Judge. This method can also be used to ensure that one key is one word or close to one key one word. When applying this solution, a fuzzy judgment key and a judgment key for high-frequency Chinese characters or phrases must be set to judge the selection of high-frequency words or words or pinyin. For example, the input effect of "Let's go to work today" is
"我们今天 qu上班"在输入 "qu"时可用一模糊判断键选择。 显而易见我们是能够看 懂这段文字的, 即便是拼音和汉字混合出现, 输入实事例 "We are going to work today" can be selected with a fuzzy judgment key when entering "qu". Obviously, we can understand this text, even if it is a mixture of pinyin and Chinese characters, enter real examples
"women (结束键) jintian (结束键) qu (转换键) shangban (结束键) " . 依据图 14的键盘输入: "women (end key) jintian (end key) qu (transition key) shangban (end key)". According to the keyboard input in Figure 14:
换成数字键 =4203277 (结束键) 23885866 (结束键) 349 (转换键) 546661266 (结束键) 本发明的键位可以印制于键盘上, 也可以在说明书当中, 以图形的方式解释。 Replace it with number keys = 4203277 (end key) 23885866 (end key) 349 (conversion key) 546661266 (end key) The key position of the present invention can be printed on the keyboard, or it can be explained graphically in the manual.
本发明的键盘可以是手触动的, 也可以是用笔触动的, 也可以是其它方式触动的, 特别. 是使用电子笔触动的时候, 可以使键盘更加微型化, 而且速度更快, 此时的键盘也可以置于' 一屏幕上, 以便于用笔点角虫。 The keyboard of the present invention can be touched by hand, it can also be touched with a pen, or it can be touched in other ways, especially. When touched with an electronic pen, the keyboard can be more miniaturized and faster. The keyboard can also be placed on a screen for easy point-and-click hornworms.
作为一种优选方案;、本 明的键盘当中的组合键的字母排列是按排除做单选键或复合键 字母之后除去代表字母键再按英文字母排序排列这样的效果是为了便于记忆和学习 As a preferred solution, the alphabetical arrangement of the combined keys in the keyboard of the present invention is to exclude radio buttons or compound keys by excluding the letters after the letters, and then arrange them in alphabetical order. The effect is to facilitate memory and learning.
本发明由于适合各种文字, 由于单选键或复合键及组合键的代表字母键的选择在提高输 入效率为目的的前提下, 各种文字是有差异的例如: 在中文里声母当中的单字母出现频率经 过统计的排序如下: Because the present invention is suitable for various characters, and because the choice of a radio button or a compound key and a combination of alphabetic keys is selected under the premise of improving the input efficiency, the various characters are different. For example: The statistical order of the frequency of letters is as follows:
d y j x g l h b w z t m q f n r k p c等, 当然随着统计样本不同会略微有变化。 由于不同的文字的字母频率是不一置的,所以针对不同文种输入的用户, 可以用不同的方案。 但是考虑到产品的全球通用性和统一性使用适合英文快速输入的方案可以做为优选方案之 作为适合中文髙效输入的优选方案之一可以如图 15 d y j x g l h b w z t m q f n r k p c etc. Of course, it will change slightly with different statistical samples. Since the letter frequencies of different texts are different, different schemes can be used for users who input in different languages. However, considering the global universality and uniformity of the product, a solution suitable for fast input in English can be used as a preferred solution. One of the preferred solutions suitable for Chinese input is shown in Figure 15
其代表字母键如下: Its letter keys are as follows:
1 ^-d 2键=§ 3键=』' 4键 =x 5键 =y, 以上 5个字母为汉语中频率较高的 声母, 所以用单选键代表输入, 较佳的: 该 5键和组合键相融一键。 1 ^ -d 2 keys = § 3 keys = "'4 keys = x 5 keys = y, the above 5 letters are the initial consonants with higher frequency in Chinese, so use radio buttons to represent input, better: the 5 keys Blend with a key combination.
其后续键的排列补充如下: The arrangement of its subsequent keys is added as follows:
1键 =dbcfh 2 ^=gklmn 3 ^jpqrs 4键 =xtvwz 5键 /ch/sh/zh/th 例如: 我们输入一段话 "各国政要纷分遣责在纽约华盛顿等地发生的恐怖爆炸事件" 其拼音为 "ge guo zheng yao feng feng qiang ze zai mei guo he huai sheng dung deng di fai sheng de kong bu zhu yi bao zhai shi jian"总键数 (含空格) 121键 其在图 15的键盘上快速输入的实例为: "27 (ge) 290 (guo) 54777 (zheng) 560 (yao) 14777 (feng) 14777 (feng) 338666 (qiang) 457 (ze) 4568 (zai ) 2478 (mei ) 290 (guo) 157 (he) 15968 (huai ) 53777 (sheng) 1999 (dung) 1777 (deng) 18 (di ) 1468 (fai ) 13777 (sheng) 17 (de) 22000 (kong) 129 (bu) 549 (zhu) 58 (yi ) 1260 (bao) 5468 (zhai ) 538 ( shi ) 3866 ( jian),,总键数(含空格) 为 133 1 key = dbcfh 2 ^ = gklmn 3 ^ jpqrs 4 keys = xtvwz 5 keys / ch / sh / zh / th For example: Let ’s enter the phrase "political leaders of various countries are responsible for the terrorist bombings in New York and Washington, etc." For "ge guo zheng yao feng feng qiang ze zai mei guo he huai sheng dung deng di fai sheng de kong bu zhu yi bao zhai shi jian "Total number of keys (including spaces) 121 keys An example of a quick entry on the keyboard of Figure 15 is:" 27 (ge) 290 (guo) 54777 (zheng) 560 (yao) 14777 (feng) 14777 (feng) 338666 (qiang) 457 (ze) 4568 (zai) 2478 (mei) 290 (guo) 157 (he) 15968 (huai) 53777 (sheng) 1999 (dung) 1777 (deng ) 18 (di) 1468 (fai) 13777 (sheng) 17 (de) 22000 (kong) 129 (bu) 549 (zhu) 58 (yi) 1260 (bao) 5468 (zhai) 538 (shi) 3866 (jian), , The total number of keys (including spaces) is 133
所以本发明的输入效果是新方法的键数是 26个字母键位 1. 1倍, 本发明小键盘的文字 输入效率。 已经十分接近 26的字母键盘了, 所以应该算是一个神奇的输入方案了。 Therefore, the input effect of the present invention is that the number of keys of the new method is 26 times that of the alphabetic key, which is 1.1 times, and the input efficiency of the text of the keypad of the present invention is high. Already very close to the 26-letter keyboard, so it should be considered a magical input scheme.
其它文种的键盘实施是可以由本领域技术人员轻松实现。 Keyboard implementations in other languages can be easily implemented by those skilled in the art.
由于本发明的组合键数量是可以根据需要增减的, 不一定只限于 5个,所以可以根据设 备的不同和实际需要的差异来进行调整。 以下我们公开一个组合键为 6键的键盘方案和输入 方案。 Since the number of combination keys of the present invention can be increased or decreased according to needs, it is not necessarily limited to five, so it can be adjusted according to different equipment and actual needs. Below we disclose a 6-key keyboard scheme and input scheme.
如图 16当然还可以继续调整组合键数量。 As shown in Figure 16, of course, you can continue to adjust the number of key combinations.
作为优选方案之一, 为了便于操作员记忆组合键应该放在数码键位上, 这样很容易去找 到所要输入字母键位所要对应的数码。 As one of the preferred solutions, in order to facilitate the operator to memorize, the key combination should be placed on the number key position, so that it is easy to find the number corresponding to the letter key position to be entered.
各种文字输入键盘方案可以依据本发明的指导进行调整。 Various text input keyboard schemes can be adjusted according to the guidance of the present invention.
作为汉字输入键盘可以用一些组合键来输入汉字并标示于键盘上以提高输入效率。 如图 17键盘不包括汉字。 As a Chinese character input keyboard, you can use some key combinations to input Chinese characters and mark them on the keyboard to improve input efficiency. As shown in Figure 17, the keyboard does not include Chinese characters.
如图 18是本发明地实施例之一, 其组合键由 10键构成, 其中的部分组合键可以输入单 词。部分组合键可以输入字母组合, 本发明地键盘的字母输入键扩大到 15键的时候, 将会大 大提高速度。 甚至达到超过一键一字的程度, 特别是在高频单词较多的情况下, 更容易实现 这个目标。 Figure 18 is one of the embodiments of the present invention. The key combination is composed of 10 keys, and some of the key combinations can be used to input words. Some combination keys can be used to input letter combinations. When the letter input key of the keyboard of the present invention is expanded to 15 keys, the speed will be greatly increased. It even reaches the level of more than one key and one word, especially in the case of high-frequency words, it is easier to achieve this goal.
如图 19是本发明的一种实施例, 其组合键为 6键, 非组合键(其所代表的字母键不是 由组合键方式输入的)为 9键。非组合键在这里是单选键和或复选键(键次键)。其组合键可 以输入字母组合, 其复选键(键次键)可以是字母的重叠。本发明扩大到 15键的时候, 输入 效率几乎达到 1. 02键输入一个字母, 这时已经基本接近一键一字母。而且在这种情况下, 单 词输入并不是很多, 所以不需要太多的记忆。 FIG. 19 is an embodiment of the present invention. The combination key is 6 keys, and the non-combination key (the letter key represented by the combination key is not input by the combination key) is 9 keys. Non-key combinations are radio and / or check (key secondary) keys. The key combination can be used to enter a combination of letters, and the check key (key secondary key) can be an overlap of letters. When the present invention is expanded to 15 keys, the input efficiency is almost 1.02 keys to enter a letter, and at this time, it is basically close to one key and one letter. And in this case, there are not many words input, so it doesn't need much memory.
组合键还包括了单词, 如: the和 and Key combinations also include words such as: the and and
如图 20当中包括了空格、标点符号、大写转换、数字转换, 其中标点符号键是单选复选 重合键, 即单击时为第一个标点符号, 连击时为第二个标点符号或第三个标点符号或第四个 标点符号等, 以此类推。 As shown in Figure 20, it includes spaces, punctuation marks, uppercase conversion, and number conversion. The punctuation key is a radio button with multiple choices, that is, the first punctuation mark when clicked and the second punctuation mark The third punctuation mark or the fourth punctuation mark, and so on.
如图 21的字母输入键为 11个, 这主要是因为考虑到 "一"使用的频率并不高, 因此, 在本发明当中 "一"可以替换成其它的特定键。 As shown in FIG. 21, there are 11 letter input keys. This is mainly because it is considered that the frequency of "one" is not high. Therefore, in the present invention, "one" can be replaced with other specific keys.
本发明的目的是在缩小键盘的情况下能一键一字的输入字母, 这样使输入字母信息的效 率能够做到基本上和大键盘是一致的。 而效率一样键盘较小就为小型化输入键盘的理想创造 了十分有利的条件, 也开创了小型文字输入设备的广大应用前景。 The object of the present invention is to input letters one key at a time when the keyboard is downsized, so that the efficiency of inputting letter information can be basically consistent with that of a large keyboard. And the smaller keyboard with the same efficiency creates very favorable conditions for the ideal of a miniaturized input keyboard, and also opens up the broad application prospects of small text input devices.
一种键盘形式, 本发明的键盘可以是折叠式的, A keyboard form, the keyboard of the present invention may be a folding type,
如图 22是一种折叠输入装置的示意图,其中左边的 A部分为屏幕,右边是小型输入键盘; B是中轴线。 本发明地此装置设计可以是手机、 也可以是其它文字信息小型输入. Figure 22 is a schematic diagram of a folding input device, where the left part A is the screen, the right is a small input keyboard; B is the central axis. The device design of the present invention can be a mobile phone or a small input of other text information.
本发明提出了高频字母优先输入的技术方案, 由此也可以进行非组合键方式。 只要髙频 字母优先输入或以最小键次输入如一键输入将会大大提高输入效率, 而以往的键盘的排列, 不是高频字母优先, 所以效率较差, 而本发明则解决了这个问题。 The present invention proposes a technical solution for preferential input of high-frequency letters, so that a non-combined key mode can also be performed. As long as the audio frequency letters are first inputted or inputted with the minimum number of keys such as one-key input, the input efficiency will be greatly improved. However, the prior keyboard arrangement is not high frequency letter priority, so the efficiency is poor, and the present invention solves this problem.
_ "种替选键 _ "Alternative keys
在小键盘即小于一个文种字母数量的键盘, 即拼音文字键盘, 又指拉丁字母和罗马字母、 俄文字母、 阿拉伯字母、 希腊字母等, 日文假名字母, 非象形文字字母。 例如: 小于 26个字母的标准键盘,键盘上的字母键位小于一个文种的字母数量其特征在 于: The small keyboard is a keyboard smaller than the number of letters in one language, that is, a pinyin keyboard, and also refers to Latin and Roman letters, Russian letters, Arabic letters, Greek letters, etc., Japanese kana letters, and non-hieroglyph letters. For example: For a standard keyboard with less than 26 letters, the number of letters on the keyboard is less than the number of letters in one language. It is characterized by:
1、 设至少一个替选键。 2、 根据上述 "1"只设一个替选键。 3、 根据上述 "1至 2"只设 二个替选键。 4、 根据上述 "1至 3"只设一至五个替选键。 5、 根据上述 "1至 4"其中一个 替选键只能替代一个字母。 6、 据上述 "1至 5"用一个替选键替代多个字母输入。 7、 据上述 1. Set at least one alternative key. 2. Set only one alternative key according to the above "1". 3. According to the above "1 to 2", only two alternative keys are set. 4. According to the above "1 to 3", only one to five alternative keys are set. 5. According to one of the above "1 to 4" alternative keys can only replace one letter. 6. According to the above "1 to 5", replace one letter with one alternative key. 7.According to the above
"1至 6"其中一个替选键只能代替一种文字的部分字母。 8、 根据上述 "1至 7"其中一个替 选键能代替一种文字的所有字母。 9、 根据上述 "1至 8"其中一个替选键能代替一种文字的 非元音字母, 如英文当中的 b c d f g h j k l m n p q r s t v w x y z。 10、 根据上述One of the "1 to 6" alternative keys can only replace part of a letter of a text. 8. One of the alternative keys according to "1 to 7" above can replace all the letters of a text. 9. According to one of the above "1 to 8" alternative keys can replace a non-vowel letter of a text, such as b c d f g h j k l m n p q r s t v w x x y z in English. 10.According to the above
"1至 9"其中一个替选键替代同一个字母的重复输入, 例如: ss、 nn、 11、 ee、 oo、 mm、 ff、 dd。 11、 根据上述 "1至 10"其中一个替选键同时替代至少两个字母。 12、 根据上述 "1至 11"其中一个替选键同时替代至少三个字母。 13、 根据上述 "1至 12"其中一个替选键同时 替代至少三至五个字母。 14、 根据上述 "1至 13"其中一个替选键同时替代至少五至十个字 母。 15、 根据上述 "1至 14"其中一个替选键同时替代多个不同字母的组合。 16、 根据上述One of the alternative keys "1 to 9" replaces the repeated input of the same letter, for example: ss, nn, 11, ee, oo, mm, ff, dd. 11. Replace at least two letters at the same time according to one of the above "1 to 10" alternative keys. 12. Replace at least three letters at the same time according to one of the above "1 to 11" alternative keys. 13. According to one of the above "1 to 12" alternative keys, replace at least three to five letters at the same time. 14. Replace at least five to ten letters at the same time according to one of the "1 to 13" alternative keys above. 15. According to one of the above "1 to 14" alternative keys, simultaneously replace multiple combinations of different letters. 16.According to the above
"1至 15"其中一个替选键同时替代至少三个不同字母的组合。 17、 根据上述 "1至 16"其 中一个替选键同时替代多种两个字母组合, 其中两个字母是相同的。 18、根据上述" 1至 17" 其中一个替选键同时替代多个不同字母时, 所替代的是辅音字母例如: b c d f g h j k 1 m n p q r s t v w x y z中的至少一个, 再例如: st、 sr、 pr、 str。 19、 根据 "1至 38"其 特征在于: 是在标准键盘上实施, 其实施例在标准键盘上设置: A、 一个相同双字母替选键; B、 一个不同双字母替选键; C, 一个不同三字母替选键; D、 使用标准键盘上的至少一个键, 设为替代字母替代键。 用 "。"、 "/"、 "; "三个键中的至少一个, 实现上述 A、 B、 C的至少 一个功能。 例如: "。"做 A (—个相同双字母替选键); "/"做 B (—个不同双字母替选键);One of the "1 to 15" alternative keys simultaneously replaces at least three different letter combinations. 17. According to the above "1 to 16", one of the alternative keys simultaneously replaces a variety of two letter combinations, where the two letters are the same. 18. According to the above-mentioned "1 to 17", one alternative key replaces multiple different letters at the same time, the consonant letter is replaced, for example: at least one of b c d f g h j k 1 m n p q r s t v w x y z, and for example: st, sr, pr, str. 19. According to "1 to 38", it is characterized in that: it is implemented on a standard keyboard, and its embodiment is set on the standard keyboard: A. An identical two-letter alternative key; B. A different two-letter alternative key; C, A different three-letter alternative key; D. Use at least one key on a standard keyboard and set it as an alternate letter alternative key. Use at least one of the three keys ".", "/", ";" To implement at least one of the functions A, B, and C described above. For example: "." Does A (—the same two-letter alternative key); "/" does B (—a different two-letter alternative key);
"; "做 C (一个不同三字母替选键)。 ";" Do C (a different three-letter alternative).
20、 根据 "1至 39"空格 + "。"替代 "。,, 空格 + "/"替代 "/" 空格 + "; "替 代 "; " 20. According to "1 to 39" space + "." Replace ",, space +" / "replace" / "space +"; "replace"; "
21、 根据 "1至 40"空格选择功能。 22、根据 "1至 41"在 39中替选键替选的字母都是 辅音字母, '(例如 b c d f g h j k l m n p q r s t v w x y z之一)。 在省略输入系统中, 空格键连击键兼做选择键, 在系统出现两个可供选择的文字单元或单词时, 空格 2连击对应 或选择第 2个文字单元或单词, 空格连击 3对应或选择第 3个文字单元或单词。 以此类推。 例如: 输入 "governments"的输入对应键 gove;e;共七键。 "assessment"的对应输入键为 a.e;/共四键。 "misunderstandings"的对应输入键为 misu/e;a/i;共 H ^—键, 省略了六键。 23、 替代键或替选键在本发明当中是指的一种键。 24、 替代键或替选键所替代的字母的替代 方法有如下特征: A、 所替代的字母是确定的。 B、 对针对单词中不同位次的字母, 分别采用 替代键或非替代键。例如采用组合键方式输入: 输入 sto时,如果 st不是组合键之一时, "s" 使用替代键或替选键。 输入 so时, "s"不用替选键或替代键。 25、 根据图 23的小键盘设一 个单字母替代键来替代一个字母的输入。 在小键盘使用单字母替代键替代输入时, 应注意使 用方法尽可能合理的使用单字母替代键: A、 字母替代键不替代元音单字母, (a、 e、 i、 o、 u)。 B、 在相同元音字母连写时可替代一个元音字母。 C、 替代不能用一键输入的字母。 D、 替 代不能用一键输入的组合键输入代表字母, 在组合键代表字母连输入的时替代一个组合键代 表字母输入。 例如: 输入 st时替代其中一个字母。 E、 当三个字母均是组合键代表字母时, 中间的代表字母用替代键输入。例如: str输入时 t用替代键输入。例如:用图 24输入 should 的对应键 5409 (单替)(单替)共 6键。 system的对应键 4 (单替) 457 (单替)共 6键。 26、 在数字小键盘或小键盘上输入字母时, 复选键(键次键)和连选键系统中替代。 选键首先替 代不同用一键输入的字母。 其次, 当复选键(键次键)位上连续输入字母时, 导致有可能单 选的字母也不能单选时可使用替代键。 例如 abc对应 2当需要输入 about时, a可以用替选 键, b依然用 2的复选键(键次键), 以下是英文的频率参考指标: etaonihsrdlumwcgfypbkvjxqz 21. Select the function according to the "1 to 40" space. 22. According to "1 to 41", the letters substituted by the alternative key in 39 are all consonants, '(for example, one of bcdfghjklmnpqrstvwxyz). In the omitted input system, the space bar and double-click keys double as selection keys. When two alternative text units or words appear in the system, the space 2 double-click corresponds to or selects the second text unit or word. The space double-click 3 Corresponds to or selects the third text unit or word. And so on. For example: Enter "governments" corresponding to the key gove; e; a total of seven keys. The corresponding input key for "assessment" is ae; / total four keys. The corresponding input key of "misunderstandings" is misu / e; a / i; a total of H ^ -keys, and six keys are omitted. 23. A substitute key or alternative key refers to a key in the present invention. 24. The method of replacing the letter replaced by the substitute key or the alternative key has the following characteristics: A. The letter to be replaced is determined. B. For the letters in different positions in the word, use substitute or non-replacement keys respectively. For example, use the combination key input method: When entering sto, if st is not one of the combination keys, "s" uses the substitute key or alternative key. When typing so, "s" does not use an alternate or substitute key. 25. According to the keypad of FIG. 23, a single-letter replacement key is set to replace the input of a letter. When using single-letter substitution keys instead of input on the keypad, you should pay attention to using single-letter substitution keys as reasonably as possible: A. Letter substitution keys do not replace single-letter vowels, (a, e, i, o, u). B. It can replace a vowel when the same vowel is concatenated. C. Replace letters that cannot be entered with one key. D. Replacement: You cannot use the one-key input combination key to input a representative letter. When the combination key represents a continuous input of a letter, substitute a combination key for a letter input. Example: Replace one of the letters when you enter st. E. When the three letters are the combination key to represent the letter, the middle representative letter is entered with the substitute key. For example: When str is entered, t is entered with the substitute key. For example: Use figure 24 to enter the corresponding key 5409 (single substitution) (single substitution) of 6 keys. The corresponding key of system 4 (single substitution) 457 (single substitution) has a total of 6 keys. 26. When entering letters on the numeric keypad or keypad, the check (key) and alternate key systems are used instead. The key selection first replaces different letters entered with one key. Secondly, when letters are continuously input on the check key (key order key), it is possible to use alternative keys when it is possible to select a letter that is not selectable. For example, abc corresponds to 2. When you need to enter about, a can use the alternative key, b still uses the 2 check key (key secondary key), Here are the frequency reference indicators in English: etaonihsrdlumwcgfypbkvjxqz
如图 25、 26、 27是小键盘复选键(键次键)设计, 考虑到 a、 e、 i、 o、 u有很大的可能 和其它字母相连。 因此, 在输入 a、 e、 i、 o、 u的键位上安置频率较低的字母。 所以本发明 在&、 e、 i、 o、 u作为第一键的复选键(键次键)上 As shown in Figures 25, 26, and 27, the design of the keypad check keys (key secondary keys), considering that a, e, i, o, and u are very likely to be connected to other letters. Therefore, lower frequency letters are placed on the key positions of input a, e, i, o, u. So this invention is on the check key (key secondary key) of &, e, i, o, u as the first key
A、 至少有一个键最多只能安排两个字母; B、 至少有二个键最多只能安排两个字母; C、 至少有三个键最多只能安排两个字母; D、 至少有四个键最多只能安排两个字母; E、 根据 A 至 D除了 a、 e、 i、 o、 u夕卜, 所安排的第二个字母是^ v、 j、 x、 q、 z六个字母中的至少一 个; F、 根据 A至 D除了 a、 e、 i、 o、 u外, 所安排的第二个字母是 k、 v、 j、 x、 q、 z六个 字母中的至少二个; G、根据 A至 D除 T a、 e、 i、 o、 u夕卜, 所安排的第二个字母是 v、 j、 x、 q、 z六个字母中的至少三个; H、 根据 A至 D除 T a、 e、 i、 o、 u夕卜, 所安排的第二个字 母是 k、 v、 j、 x、 q、 z六个字母中的至少四个; I、 根据 A至 D除 7 a、 e、 i、 o、 u夕卜, 所 安排的第二个字母是 k、 v、 j、 x、 q、 z六个字母中的至少五个; J、 根据 A至 D除了 a、 e、 i、 o、 u外, 所安排的第二个字母是^ v、 j、 x、 q、 z六个字母中的至少六个 A. At least one key can only arrange two letters at most; B. At least two keys can arrange at most two letters; C. At least three keys can arrange at most two letters; D. At least four keys A maximum of two letters can be arranged; E. According to A to D, except for a, e, i, o, and u, the second letter arranged is one of the six letters ^ v, j, x, q, and z. At least one; F, according to A to D, in addition to a, e, i, o, u, the second letter arranged is at least two of the six letters k, v, j, x, q, z; G , According to A to D divided by T a, e, i, o, u, the second letter arranged is at least three of the six letters v, j, x, q, z; H, according to A to D divides T a, e, i, o, u, and the second letter arranged is at least four of the six letters k, v, j, x, q, and z; I. Divide according to A to D 7 a, e, i, o, u, the second letter arranged is at least five of the six letters k, v, j, x, q, z; J, according to A to D except a, e, i, o, u , The second letter is arranged at least six ^ v, j, x, q, z six letters of
补充说明 Supplementary note
替代键使用方法: 在小键盘上用替代键替代输入时, 至少第一键和或第二键和或第三键 可以不使用替代键, 为了保证重码率的减少, 釆用这种方法是比较有效的。 How to use the substitute key: When using the substitute key to replace the input on the keypad, at least the first key, or the second key, and the third key may not use the substitute key. In order to reduce the repetition rate, this method is: More effective.
根据以上发明内容, 一个替选键同时可以替代 According to the above content of the invention, an alternative key can be replaced at the same time
一个字母 one letter
还可以同时替代至少两个字母和 /或 Can also replace at least two letters at the same time and / or
还可以同时替代至少三个字母和 /或 Can also replace at least three letters and / or
还可以同时替代至少四个字母和 /或 Can also replace at least four letters at the same time and / or
还可以同时替代至少五个字母和 /或 Can also replace at least five letters at the same time and / or
根据以上发明一个替代键可以同时替代两个以上的字母 According to the above invention, one substitute key can replace more than two letters at the same time.
根据以上发明一个替代键可以同时替代三个以上的字母 According to the above invention, one substitute key can replace more than three letters at the same time.
例如: 替代键可以替代两个以上的辅音字母相连如 gl、 rld、 rldw, For example: The substitute key can replace more than two consonants connected like gl, rld, rldw,
根据以上发明本发明系统当中设有一个字典模块, 检索模块、对应代码模块, 输入代码 时通过检索模块在字典模块当中, 检索其对应的单词提供显示。 According to the above invention, the system of the present invention is provided with a dictionary module, a retrieval module, and a corresponding code module. When a code is input, the corresponding module is retrieved through the retrieval module in the dictionary module to provide a display.
本发明叙述了组合键和复选键(键次键), 其中两者之间使用效果上有一定差异的, 复 选键(键次键) 的缺陷是在键位上复选多种字母时, 会发生本键识别障碍, 如在其中一个数 字键分别复选 abc, a由一键复选, b由双键复选, c由三键复选, 当输入 be时, 必须在输入 b结束后加识别键或确认键, 而输入 bee时, 双键之后确认 b, 在一键后确认 a, 在三键后确 认 c, 因此, 额外多需要三个确认键, 因此会耽误输入效率。 The present invention describes a combination key and a check key (key order key), wherein there is a certain difference in the use effect between the two. The defect of the check key (key order key) is that when multiple letters are selected on the key position This key recognition failure will occur. For example, abc is checked in one of the number keys, a is checked by one key, b is checked by two keys, and c is checked by three keys. When you enter be, you must end the entry b. Add an identification key or a confirmation key, and when bee is entered, double-click to confirm b, one-key to confirm a, and three-key to confirm c. Therefore, three additional confirmation keys are required, which will delay input efficiency.
组合键的优点是能够避免上述问题,但组合键的代表字母键之间连续输入时会发生问题, 如 st, 输入时就必须至少输入三键, 但如果在一个方案中组合键和复选键(键次键)或单选 键共存时, 尽量按照文字规律使文字之间的常有字母特定组合的一部分安排为组合键代表字 母键, 另外一部分安排为单选可复选字母键, 这样就会避免这个问题, 如 s和 a分别安置在 组合键代表字母键和单选或复选键 (键次键)上就会避免这个问题。 ' The advantage of a combination key is that it can avoid the above problems, but problems occur when continuous input is performed between the letter keys representing the combination key. For example, st, you must enter at least three keys when you type. (Key-time key) or radio button coexistence, try to make part of the regular combination of letters between the letters as a combination key to represent the letter key, and the other part as a radio selectable letter key according to the letter rules. This problem can be avoided. For example, s and a are placed on the key combination of the letter key and the radio button or check button (key key) to avoid this problem. '
考虑到 "1或 d"在中文和英文频率都比较靠前, 因此在一种包括组合键模式的小键盘快 速输入设计中适用于中英文输入 " 1或 d"应尽量包括在组合键代表字母键中如图 28 Considering that "1 or d" is relatively high in both Chinese and English frequencies, therefore, a type of small keyboard rapid input design that includes a combination key mode is suitable for Chinese and English input. "1 or d" should be included as much as possible in the combination key to represent the letter Figure 28 in the key
小键盘或数字键盘文字(字母)信息输入方法, 在拼音文字中有很多单词中的字母是连 写的。 例如: will、 kill、 assassination、 meeting、 week、 accuse、 common、 soon中的 1、 k、 s、 s、 e、 e、 c、 m、 o都分别被连写。 在本发明中提出一种新的方案, 即可以在连写的情 况下只输入其中一个字符。 Keypad or numeric keypad text (letter) information input method. In Pinyin text, many letters of words are concatenated. For example: 1, k, s, s, e, e, c, m, o in will, kill, assassination, meeting, week, accuse, common, soon are all written separately. A new solution is proposed in the present invention, that is, only one of the characters can be input in the case of continuous writing.
连写省略的好处是可以快速输入,此外在小键盘中使用这种方法可以避免一些操作障碍。 本发明系统中代码库是用来储存对应单词的代码, 另单词库储存代码所对应单词。 检索 模块负责由输入代码来检索对应单词,在输入代码当中遇到一单词中有同一字母连写的情况, 省略其中的连写字母保留一个字母。 The advantage of ellipsis is that it can be entered quickly, and in addition, using this method in the keypad can avoid some operational obstacles. The code base in the system of the present invention is used to store codes corresponding to words, and the word base stores words corresponding to codes. Retrieve The module is responsible for retrieving the corresponding word by the input code. In the input code, if the same letter is concatenated in a word, the concatenated letter is omitted to retain one letter.
本发明的组合键应用范围可以适用于世界上各种拼音文字, 由于世界上有上千种拼音文 字, 无法一一例举, 而本发明已对其核心技术进行了公开, 任何一个相关领域的技术人员都 可以参照实施, 当然这都属于本发明的保护范围。 下面针对几种文字公开部分实施例: 日文实施例: The application range of the combination key of the present invention can be applied to various Pinyin characters in the world. Because there are thousands of Pinyin characters in the world, it cannot be exemplified. The present invention has disclosed its core technology. The skilled person may refer to the implementation, which certainly belongs to the protection scope of the present invention. Some embodiments are disclosed below for several languages: Japanese embodiments:
在曰文小键盘输入的时候可用本发明技术进行假名输入, 其实施例如图 29 When the Japanese keypad is used for input, the technology of the present invention can be used for kana input. An example of this is shown in FIG. 29.
每一个键位可以安排最多 10个假名。 Each key can be assigned up to 10 pseudonyms.
可以在键盘上印制两排。 Two rows can be printed on the keyboard.
每一排可安排最多 5个假名。 Each row can arrange up to 5 pseudonyms.
每一排按照五十音图顺序排列。 Each row is arranged in the order of the kana syllabary.
每排顺序依次是: 段、 ^段、 段、 段、 段。 The order of each row is: segment, segment, segment, segment, segment.
按照以上次序排列的目的是为了便于记忆。 The purpose of the above order is to facilitate memory.
每一个键位上至少安排一行或两行假名。 Arrange at least one or two pseudonyms on each key.
—本发 的实 例是 用每二个键^上安排两行,一从一 开始 次类 , 次^是: 行、 力、 4亍、 > 亍、 ¾^亍、 《行、 行、 行、 亍、 力 亍、 ¾^亍、 S行、 亍、 i±° 行、 拨音 <■ — The example of this post is to arrange two lines on every two keys ^, one from the beginning, the next category is: line, force, 4 亍,> 亍, ¾ ^ 亍, "line, line, line, 亍, Force 亍, ¾ ^ 亍, S line, 亍, i ± ° line, dial tone <■
标点符号分布在组合键位上, 由两键输入一个标点附号。 The punctuation marks are distributed on the key combination, and a punctuation mark is input by two keys.
标点符号分布在组合键位上, 两键输入一个数字符号。 The punctuation marks are distributed on the key combination, and two keys enter a number symbol.
一个数字组合键分布十个数据符号。 A numeric key combination distributes ten data symbols.
阿拉伯文实施例: Arabic Example:
阿拉伯文小键盘输入及键盘设计。 Arabic keypad input and keyboard design.
阿拉伯字母分布在小键盘上, 由组合键输入。 Arabic letters are distributed on the keypad and entered by key combinations.
A、 阿拉伯字母分布在 1-10个数字组合键。 B、 每个数字组合键上安排 1-10个阿拉伯字 母。 C、 每个数字键上安排两行阿拉伯字母。 D、 每一行安排 1-5个阿拉伯字母。 E、 48个基 本阿拉伯字母安排在前。 包括: mWij ^ d^c jjo^A^j^J^^-L i^Jj^jL^",'?'。 F、 32 个 扩 充 阿 拉 伯 字 线 安 排 在 后 。 ^ 括 - □□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□□ □ □ □□□□□□□□□□□□ 。 G、 至少一个数 字组合键上安排标点符号键, 它们是两键组合一个符号。 H、至少一个数字组合键上安排十个 数字符号键, 它们是两键组合一个数字。 A. Arabic letters are distributed in 1-10 numeric key combinations. B. Arrange 1-10 Arabic letters on each numeric key combination. C. Arrange two lines of Arabic letters on each number key. D. Arrange 1-5 Arabic letters for each line. E. The 48 basic Arabic alphabets are arranged first. Including: mWij ^ d ^ c jjo ^ A ^ j ^ J ^^-L i ^ Jj ^ jL ^ ", '?'. F, 32 extended Arabic word lines are arranged after. ^ Enclosed-□□□□□ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ At least one number combination key is arranged with punctuation keys, which are two keys combined with a symbol. H 10. Ten numeric symbol keys are arranged on at least one number combination key. They are two keys combined with one number.
实施例如图 30 Example Figure 30
俄文小键盘输入参照本发明核心技术的实施例如下: The Russian keypad input refers to the embodiment of the core technology of the present invention as follows:
A、 俄文西里尔字母分布在 1-10个数字组合键。 B、 每个数字组合键上安排 1-10个俄文 西里尔字母。 C、 每个数字键上安排两行俄文西里尔字母。 D、 每一行安排 1-5个俄文西里尔 字母。 E、 33个小写基本俄文西里尔字母安排在前。 包括: a 6 B r fl e ac 3 H H K Ji M H o n p c T y cfc x n q m bi b S io j! en l^ 33个大写基本俄文西里尔字母安排在后。 包括: A E B Γ E) 3 Ηίϊ K J1MH 0 Π P C T y (DXUqUimTbHb 3Ι05Ϊ E。 G、 至 少一个数字组合键上安排标点符号键, 它们是两键组合一个符号。 H、至少一个数字组合键上 安排十个数字符号键, 它们是两键组合一个数字。 I、在每个数字组合键上俄文西里尔字母的 小大写字母是一一对应的。 J、每个数字组合键上安排两行字母, 每一行安排 1-5个字母, 第 一行是小写字母, 第二行是大写字母。 K、 每个数字组合键上安排两行字母, 每一行安排 1 - 5 个字母, 第一行是大写字母, 第二行是小写字母 A. The Russian Cyrillic alphabet is distributed over 1-10 numeric key combinations. B. Arrange 1-10 Russian Cyrillic letters on each numeric key combination. C. Arrange two lines of Russian Cyrillic letters on each number key. D. Arrange 1-5 Russian Cyrillic letters for each line. E. 33 lowercase basic Russian Cyrillic letters are arranged first. Including: a 6 B r fl e ac 3 HHK Ji MH onpc T y cfc xnqm bi b S io j! En l ^ 33 uppercase basic Russian Cyrillic letters are arranged next. Including: AEB Γ E) 3 Ηίϊ K J1MH 0 Π PCT y (DXUqUimTbHb 3Ι05Ϊ E. G. Punctuation keys are arranged on at least one number combination key. They are two keys combined to form a symbol. H. At least one number combination key is arranged ten Number symbol keys, which are two keys combined with a number. I. The uppercase and lowercase letters of the Russian Cyrillic letter on each number combination key correspond one to one. J. Two lines of letters are arranged on each number combination key. 1-5 letters are arranged in each line, the first line is lowercase letters, and the second line is uppercase letters. K. Two lines of letters are arranged on each number combination key, and 1 to 5 letters are arranged on each line. The first line is uppercase. Letters, the second line is lowercase
实施例如图 31 Example Figure 31
Α、包含: 1组合键; 2单选键; 3复选键(键次键); Β、单选键包括至少一个元音键; C、 组合键包括至少一个辅音键 ; D、含 6个单选或复合键; E、含 1-5个复选键(键次键)或至 少 1个复选键(键次键)。 Α, contains: 1 combination key; 2 radio button; 3 check button (keys); Β, radio button includes at least one vowel key; C, combination key includes at least one consonant key; D, contains 6 Single or compound key; E, with 1-5 check keys (keys) or to One less check key (key sequence key).
如图 33实施例 Figure 33 embodiment
A、 包括组合键、 单选键、 复选键(键次键)、 替选键; B、 单选和复选键(键次键) 由 5 个键构成; C;、 组合键由 5个键构成; D、 替选键在输入过程中代替字母, 并由智能模块对应 挑选出一组输入 (含替选键)字母键所对应的单词。 A. Includes combination keys, radio buttons, check keys (key times), and alternate keys; B, radio buttons and check keys (key times) consist of 5 keys; C ;, key combinations consist of 5 keys Key composition; D. Alternative keys replace letters in the input process, and the intelligent module correspondingly selects the words corresponding to a set of input (including alternative keys) letter keys.
如图 34为日文小键盘实施例在日文小键盘输入实施例当中加了替选键。以上的日文键盘 实际上也可以做英日键盘, 也有英文的输入快速功能。 An embodiment of the Japanese keypad is shown in FIG. 34. An alternative key is added to the Japanese keypad input embodiment. The above Japanese keyboard can also be used as an English-Japanese keyboard, and also has a fast input function in English.
一种依赖于本发明键盘的智能快速输入法: An intelligent fast input method relying on the keyboard of the present invention:
由于本发明可以保证元音字母是一键输入的, 在每一个单词输入时, 其元音字母和其所 在的位次可以被固定和保留下来。 在输入单词时, 如果我们对辅音字母键即使不用组合键的 组合, 其错误的概率也是有限的, 所以我们可以利用这一特征对单词进行快速输入, 而基本 保证其正确率, 虽然输入键次没有增加, 甚至减少, 但是正确率还是非常高的。 Since the present invention can ensure that the vowel letter is input by one key, the vowel letter and its position can be fixed and retained when each word is input. When entering words, even if we do not use the combination of key combinations for consonant keys, the probability of error is limited, so we can use this feature to quickly input words, and basically guarantee the correct rate. No increase or even decrease, but the accuracy rate is still very high.
我们可以采用以下的方式输入,在输入单词时,每个辅音字母或非单选键字母(代表键) 用其所标识的键来一键输入,元音字母键或单选键所对应的字母一键完成 (例如: a, e, i, o, u) o 如输入码对应的单词是一个以上的情况, 依高频先见的原则, 优先显示频率高的单词。 有选择的智能输入法 We can use the following methods to input. When entering a word, each consonant or non-radio key letter (representative key) uses the key identified by it to enter it with one key, and the letter corresponding to the vowel or radio button One-click completion (for example: a, e, i, o, u) o If there are more than one word corresponding to the input code, according to the principle of high-frequency foresight, the words with higher frequency are given priority. Selective smart input method
由于字数少的单词容易出现在智能输入状态下的重码, 如 had和 bad, 因此, 我们可以 规定字母少的单词不用智能方法输入即设置输入单词的智能数量级的限制, 限制数可以根据 情况设置,本发明提供一个实施例,如果单词是 5个字母或 5个以上字母则用智能方式输入。 Because words with a small number of words are prone to re-coding in the intelligent input state, such as had and bad, we can specify that words with few letters can be set without intelligent methods to enter the limit of the intelligent magnitude of the input word. The limit number can be set according to the situation. The present invention provides an embodiment, if a word is 5 letters or more, it is input in a smart way.
例如: school即可用智能方式输入,其对应码为 411002, 输入码长和单词字符长度是一 致的。 For example: school can be input intelligently, and its corresponding code is 411002. The input code length is the same as the word character length.
当所需要输入的字母为组合键中的字母时, 不进行组合, 只输入其对应键, 依赖存 储器当中的高频选择方式。 每个要输入的字母对应的数字键代表输入该字母, 不需要去对应 组合键。 When the letter to be entered is a letter in a combination key, no combination is performed, and only the corresponding key is entered, depending on the high-frequency selection method in the memory. The number key corresponding to each letter to be input means that the letter is entered, and there is no need to correspond to the key combination.
即一种智能快速的输入法,由于组合键输入有的时候必须两键输入一个字母,因此, 会低于一键一字的输入效率, 所以在本发明的键盘上, 元音字母可一键输入, 非元音字母也 是一键输入。 由其输入的编码所对应的单词依髙频先见的方式显示 That is, an intelligent and fast input method. Since a combination of keys must sometimes be used to input a letter with two keys, it is lower than the input efficiency of one key and one word. Therefore, on the keyboard of the present invention, vowel letters can be one key. Input, non-vowel letters are also one-click input. The words corresponding to the code entered by it are displayed in a frequency-sense manner.
比如 the的输入编码为 517对应的单词,频率最高的为 the,但可能的组合是 t或 h 或 b或 c或 d或 f, the, tbe, tee, tde, tfe,其中只有 the可能构成单词, 其它可能性很小, 故 只选取第一种 the即可。本输入法特别针对辅音字母相连很多的单词输入提高效率很有帮助, 如: school (swxyz) + (hbcdf) + (hbcdf) +0+0+ (ngjkl)其中 school出现的频率是最高的, 故优 先显示, school。 其中 sch的组合概率是最高的, 而其它的三个辅音字母的组合在单字当中 的出现的概率是很低的, 如: whh,xhh, yhh,Zhh……出现的可能性是很少很少的, 特别是辅音 多字连续出现, 如: 3字母, 4字母的种类很少, 在这种情况下应多用智能输入法。 For example, the input code of the is 517 corresponding to the word, the most frequent is the, but the possible combinations are t or h or b or c or d or f, the, tbe, tee, tde, tfe, of which only the may constitute a word The other possibilities are very small, so only the first one can be selected. This input method is especially helpful for the input of words with many consonants connected, such as: school (swxyz) + (hbcdf) + (hbcdf) + 0 + 0 + (ngjkl) where school appears most frequently, so Show priority, school. Among them, the combination probability of sch is the highest, and the probability of the combination of the other three consonant letters in the single word is very low, such as: whh, xhh, yhh, Z hh ... The probability of occurrence is very small Few, especially multi-character consonants appear consecutively, such as: 3-letter, 4-letter types are few. In this case, more intelligent input methods should be used.
实际上在拼音文字当中每种语言中的单词里面的辅音连续组合的情况,都是很特定 的, 很少有的, 所以如果是不合理组合是很容易被排除的。 因此, 智能高效输入法是非常科 学实用的快速输入法。 In fact, the continuous consonant combination of words in each language in Pinyin text is very specific and rare, so if it is not a reasonable combination, it is easy to be excluded. Therefore, the intelligent and efficient input method is a very scientific and practical fast input method.
图 5中的是一种高效智能和非高效的混合输入。 我们可以在系统当中设计上述的髙效智 能和非高效智能兼容体现, 也可以用菜单的方式分别选择。 Figure 5 is a hybrid of efficient intelligent and non-efficient inputs. We can design the above-mentioned inefficient intelligence and non-efficient intelligence compatible manifestations in the system, or we can choose them by menu.
采用全拼输入法时, 依赖于本发明键盘的方案, 元音字母分别由其对应的代表字母键输 入, 辅音字母由其对应的组合键, 如: 汉字中的 "大" =da输入对应键为 146 When using the full spelling input method, depending on the keyboard solution of the present invention, vowel letters are entered by their corresponding representative letter keys, and consonant letters are entered by their corresponding key combinations, such as: "大" in daji = da input corresponding keys For 146
我们可以设定 V为声母代表键, 即当汉字拼音无声母时, 如欧 =ou, 此时, 该汉字没有 声母, 故用 V为代表其声母键。 We can set V as the initial consonant key, that is, when the pinyin of Chinese characters is silent, such as ou = ou, at this time, the Chinese character has no initials, so V is used to represent the initial consonant key.
本发明上述的汉字输入方案在英文标准键盘上的实现, 其实施方法是同样而且容易转换 的, 只需要剔除数字输入而保留文字输入, 就是一个新颖快速的汉字输入方案。 小键盘字母排列方法和键盘 The method for implementing the Chinese character input scheme on the English standard keyboard of the present invention is the same and easy to implement. It only needs to eliminate the number input and retain the text input, which is a novel and fast Chinese character input scheme. Keypad alphabet arrangement method and keyboard
在小键盘例如数字键盘上, 至少一个键设置多字母, 为了方便记忆, 键盘上字母按一定 顺序依次排列, 至少一部分字母按英文 26 个字母的优先排列, 优先排列顺序如下- ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ,任意两个以上的字母如果属于上述顺序当中的前者优先排列, 属于上述顺序当中的后者向后排列。 On a small keyboard such as a numeric keypad, at least one key is provided with multiple letters. For convenience of memory, the letters on the keyboard are arranged in a certain order. At least some of the letters are prioritized by 26 letters in English. The priority order is as follows: If the above letters belong to the former in the above order, they are arranged first, and the latter in the above order are arranged backward.
1、 可选的: 单选键不按英文 26个字母顺序优先排列。 2、 较佳的: 元音字母不按英文 26个字母顺序优先排列。 3、 较佳的: 高频率的辅音键不按英文 26个字母顺序优先排列。 4、 较佳的: 每个键位的第一个字母至少一个不按英文 26个字母顺序优先排列。 5、 较佳的: 每 个键位的第一个字母不按英文 26个字母顺序优先排列。 6、 较佳的: 安排在 1至 5个数字键 上字母至少一个键排除元音字母后按英文 26个字母顺序优先排列。 7、 较佳的: 5个元音字 母至少 2个键按照英文 26个字母顺序优先排列。 8、 较佳的: 组合键上的每一个键的第一个 字母按 26个字母顺序前后排列。 1. Optional: Radio buttons are not arranged in alphabetical order of 26 letters in English. 2. Better: The vowels are not prioritized according to the 26 English alphabetical order. 3. Better: The high-frequency consonant keys are not arranged in priority according to the English alphabet of 26 letters. 4. Better: At least one of the first letters of each key position is not prioritized according to the English alphabetical order of 26 letters. 5. Better: The first letter of each key position is not prioritized according to the English alphabetical order of 26 letters. 6. Better: Arrange at 1 to 5 numeric keys. At least one key of the alphabet excludes vowels and arranges them according to the English alphabetical order of 26. 7. Better: 5 vowels and at least 2 keys are arranged in order of 26 letters in English. 8. Better: The first letter of each key on the key combination is arranged back and forth in 26 alphabetical order.
实例如图 1 - 37 Examples are shown in Figure 1-37
排除优先排列 Exclude Priority
上述介绍的优先排列是遵照 26个英文字母顺序的规定,但可以排除部分字母,再按字母 顺序优先排列。 The above-mentioned priority ranking is in accordance with the 26 alphabetical order, but some letters can be excluded, and then the alphabetical order is given priority.
1、 可选的: 辅音字母排除元音字母后按英文 26个字母顺序优先排列。 2、可选的: 元音 字母排除辅音字母之后按英文 26个字母顺序优先排列。 3、 可选的: 组合键当中的第一键排 除单选键和组合键的第二个字母以后的字母, 分别按英文 26个字母顺序优先排列。 4、 较佳 的:组合键当中的第一键排除单选键元音字母和组合键的第二个字母以后的辅音字母的字母, 分别按英文 26个字母顺序优先排列。 5、 可选的: 组合键中除第一个字母外的字母按英文 26 个字母顺序优先排列。 6、 可选的: 组合键中除第一个字母外的字母按英文 26个字母顺序并 且按照组合键的先后优先排列。 1. Optional: Consonants are prioritized according to English alphabetical order after vowels are excluded. 2. Optional: The vowels are prioritized according to the English alphabetical order after the consonants are excluded. 3. Optional: The first key of the combination keys excludes the radio buttons and the letters after the second letter of the combination key, and they are arranged in the order of 26 letters in English. 4. Better: The first key of the combination keys excludes the radio button vowel letters and the letters of the consonant letters after the second letter of the combination keys, which are arranged in priority according to the English alphabetical order of 26 letters. 5. Optional: The letters other than the first letter in the key combination are prioritized according to the English alphabetical order of 26 letters. 6. Optional: The letters other than the first letter in the key combination are in English alphabetical order and are given priority in the order of the key combination.
实例如图 1 - 37 Examples are shown in Figure 1-37
小键盘字母双排排列方法和键盘 Method for arranging double-row letters of keypad and keyboard
为了实现本发明的设计, 同时遵照老用户的使用习惯, 允许在键盘上设计双排键。 1、 可选的: 键盘当中的键位设计包括 2abc; 3def; 4ghi; 5jkl; 6mno; 7pqrs; 8tuv; 9wxyz。 In order to implement the design of the present invention, in accordance with the usage habits of old users, it is allowed to design double-row keys on the keyboard. 1. Optional: The key positions in the keyboard include 2abc; 3def ; 4ghi; 5jkl; 6mno ; 7pqrs ; 8tuv; 9wxyz.
并且 2、 3、 4、 5、 6、 7、 8、 9键分别安排另外一行字母, 即本发明所设计的组合键字 母和单选键字母, 及复选键(键次键)字母。 2、 可选的: 至少键盘当中的一个键安排两行字 母。 3、可选的: 至少键盘当中的一个键安排英文 26个字母中的一段字母中的几个依次字母。 同时, 在此键上还安排有组合键字母。 4、 较佳的: 至少键盘当中的一个键安排英文 26个字 母中的一段字母中的几个依次字母。 同时, 在此键上还安排有组合键字母。 较佳的 2键一行 2abc, 另一行安排 ngjkl。 5、 较佳的: 至少键盘当中的一个键安排英文 26个字母中的一段 字母中的几个依次字母。 同时, 在此键上还安排有组合键字母。 较佳的 2键一行 2abc, 另一 行安排汉语拼音字母中的 gkxmn。 6、 较佳的: 至少键盘当中的一个键安排英文 26个字母中 的一段字母中的几个依次字母。同时,在此键上还安排有单选键和复选键(键次键)(连选键) 组合键字母。较佳的 6键一行 6mno, 另一行安排汉语拼音字母中的 ang,其中 a是单选键, an 和 ang是复选键(键次键)。 7、较佳的: 至少键盘当中的一个键安排英文 26个字母中的一段 字母中的几个依次字母。 同时, 在此键上还安排有单选键和复选键(键次键)(连选键)组合 键字母。 较佳^ 1键另一行 sb^df, 2键一行 abc,另一行 ngjkl,一 3键一行 def, 3键另一^ rmpqv, 4键一行 ghi, 4键另一行 s xyz, 5键一行 jkl, 5键^一行 t. ch. sh. ts. th, 6键一行 mno, 6键另一行 ang, 7键一行 pqrs, 7键另一行 eng, 8键一行 tuv, 8键另一行 ing, 9键 —行 wxyz, 9键另一行 ung, 0键另一行 ong。 8、较佳的: 至少键盘当中的一个键安排英文 26 个字母中的一段字母中的几个依次字母。 同时, 在此键上还安排有单选键和复选键(键次键) (连选键)组 键字母。 较佳的 1键另一行 dbcfh, 2键一行 bc, 另一行 Igjkn, 3键一行 def, 3键另一行 rmpqv, 4键一行 ghi, 4键另一行 swxyz, 5键一行 jkl, 5键另一行 tthchshwh, 6 键一行 mno, 6键另一行 ang, 7键一行 pqrs, 7键另一行 eng, 8键一行 tuv, 8键另一键 ing, 9键一行 wxyz, 9键另一行 ong, 0键另一行 ung。 And 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 keys respectively arrange another row of letters, that is, a combination key letter and a radio button letter, and a check key (key key) letter designed by the present invention. 2. Optional: Arrange two lines of letters on at least one key on the keyboard. 3. Optional: At least one key of the keyboard arranges several letters in a sequence of 26 letters in English. At the same time, a key combination letter is arranged on this key. 4. Better: At least one key of the keyboard arranges several letters in a sequence of 26 letters in English. At the same time, a key combination letter is arranged on this key. The better 2 keys are 2abc, and the other is ngjkl. 5. Better: At least one key of the keyboard arranges several letters in a sequence of 26 letters in English. At the same time, a key combination letter is arranged on this key. The preferred 2 key line is 2abc, and the other line arranges gkxmn in Chinese Pinyin letters. 6. Better: At least one key of the keyboard arranges several letters in a sequence of 26 letters in English. At the same time, there are also radio buttons and check buttons (keys) (column buttons) on the keys. The preferred 6 keys are 6mno in one row, and the other row arranges ang in the Chinese Pinyin alphabet, where a is a radio button, an and ang are check keys (keys). 7. Better: At least one key in the keyboard arranges several letters in a sequence of 26 letters in English. At the same time, a combination of radio button and check button (key-time key) (consecutive key) key letters are arranged on this key. Better ^ 1 key another line sb ^ df, 2 keys one line abc, another line ngjkl, one 3 keys one line def, 3 keys another ^ rmpqv, 4 keys one line ghi, 4 keys another line s xyz, 5 keys one line jkl, 5 keys ^ one line t. Ch. Sh. Ts. Th, 6 keys one line mno, 6 keys another line ang, 7 keys one line pqrs, 7 keys another line eng, 8 keys one line tuv, 8 keys another line ing, 9 keys — Line wxyz, 9 key another line ung, 0 key another line ong. 8. Better: At least one key of the keyboard arranges several letters in a sequence of 26 letters in English. At the same time, there are radio buttons and check buttons (keys) on this key. (Alternate keys) Group key letters. Better 1-key dbcfh, 2-key bc, another Igjkn, 3-key def, 3-key rmpqv, 4-key ghi, 4-key swwyz, 5-key jkl, 5-key tthchshwh , 6 keys one line mno, 6 keys another line ang, 7 keys one line pqrs, 7 keys another line eng, 8 keys one line tuv, 8 keys another line ing, 9 keys one line wxyz, 9 keys another line ong, 0 keys another line ung.
双排键设计包括以下内容: The double row key design includes the following:
至少包括一个转换键或确认键,控制双排键任意排键盘的使用状态用来选择任意一排键 盘的使用。 It includes at least one shift key or confirmation key, which controls the use status of the double-row keys and any row of keyboards to select the use of any row of keyboards.
如图实施例 38 - 41 See Figures 38-41
多排键在键面安排上考虑到按键的区域比较小、 印刷印制多排字母会使人辩别有困难, 所以可以选择以下方案: Multi-row keys are arranged on the key surface in consideration of the relatively small area of the keys. Printing multiple rows of letters can make it difficult to distinguish, so you can choose the following options:
可选的: 把其中一排键键面设计的字母印刷或安置在键下的位置, 以合理的利用空间。 在图 40中正是利用了这种方案, 使一排字母安排在键内, 另一排字母安排在键外或键下。 Optional: Print or place the letters on the key surface design of one row of keys under the keys to make reasonable use of space. This scheme is used in Fig. 40, with one row of letters arranged inside the key and the other row of letters arranged outside or under the key.
小键盘字母三排排列方法和键盘 Method for arranging letters in three rows of keypad and keyboard
三排排列是在上述基础上增加一排笔划排列,在小键盘的至少一个键位上安排两排字母 键和一排笔划键, 此种安排的好处是便于不同客户的三种需要。 其中包括上述的两排设计, 此外还包括一排笔划设计, 即在至少一个任意键上安排两行字母键和至少一个笔划键。 The three-row arrangement is to add a row of stroke arrangements on the basis of the above, and arrange two rows of letter keys and one row of stroke keys on at least one key position of the keypad. The advantage of this arrangement is to facilitate the three needs of different customers. This includes the two-row design described above, and also includes a row of stroke designs, that is, two rows of letter keys and at least one stroke key are arranged on at least one arbitrary key.
1、 可选的: 2键一行 abc,另一行 lgjkn, 另一 ^亍笔划 (竖)。 1. Optional: 2 keys, one line abc, another line lgjkn, another ^ 亍 stroke (vertical).
2、 可选的: 6键一行 mno, 另一行 ang, 另一行笔划 (一)。 2. Optional: 6 keys for one line of mno, another line for ang, and another line of strokes (a).
小键盘多排字母排列的控制方法和控制键 Control method and control keys for multi-row alphabet arrangement of keypad
在小键盘由多排字母来分别代表不同的输入方式时,设一方式选择键来确认具体的使用 方式。 When the keypad consists of multiple rows of letters to represent different input modes, a mode selection key is set to confirm the specific use mode.
1、 可选的: 用菜单键。 2、 可选的: 用 0K键。 3、 可选的: 用 *键。 4、 可选的: 用 #键。 小键盘双排键或多排键的具体设计 1. Optional: Use the menu key. 2. Optional: Use the 0K key. 3. Optional: Use the * key. 4. Optional: Use the # key. Specific design of double-row or multi-row keypad
可选的:本发明说明书中所提出的任何一种小键盘设计或者其改进都可以作为本发明多 排键设计中的一种, 而另外的在本发明说明书中提到的任何一种键盘设计都可以作为多排键 设计中的另一种或另一排。 所以, 任何一个本领域技术人员都应该明确本发明以上内容所提 出的含义。 Optional: Any one of the keypad designs proposed in the description of the present invention or its improvement can be used as one of the multi-row key designs of the present invention, and any other keyboard design mentioned in the description of the present invention Both can be used as another or another row in a multi-row key design. Therefore, anyone skilled in the art should clarify the meaning proposed by the above content of the present invention.
小键 汉字拼音输入实施例: Small key Chinese pinyin input example:
以 做具体介绍: To make specific introduction:
显示: Show:
在包含数字的键盘上设显示键。 Display keys are set on keyboards containing numbers.
1、显示所输入的字母。 2、显示所输入字母所对应的汉字或词组。 3、从输入第一键开始 即显示所输入字母, 同时显示所对应汉字或词组。 4、汉字或词组的显示依据频率排列, 高频 优先显示, 以此类推。 5、 例如: 输入 "我是中国共产党", 对应的全拼字母: wo 1. Display the entered letters. 2. Display the Chinese characters or phrases corresponding to the entered letters. 3. From the first key input, the entered letters are displayed, and the corresponding Chinese characters or phrases are displayed. 4. The display of Chinese characters or phrases is arranged according to frequency, high frequency is given priority, and so on. 5. For example: Enter "I'm the Communist Party of China", the corresponding spelling letter: wo
确认键: Enter:
在包含数字的键盘上设确认键。 Set a confirmation key on the keyboard that contains the numbers.
1、高频确认键: 由数字键以外的某键做高频确认键, 在输入过程当中选择确认排列在最 前的高频汉字或词组。 2、 可选的: *键。 3、 可选的: #键。 4、 可选的: ok键。 5、 较佳的: 由 ok键做高频确认键。 6、 例如: 输入 54000键(对应 zhong)屏幕分别依次显示: 中重钟 肿众终盅忠。 按 ok键选取 "中 "。 1. High-frequency confirmation key: A key other than the number key is used as the high-frequency confirmation key. During the input process, select the high-frequency Chinese character or phrase that is ranked first. 2. Optional: * key. 3. Optional: # key. 4. Optional: ok key. 5. Better: Use the ok key as the high frequency confirmation key. 6. For example: Enter the 54000 key (corresponding to zhong). The screens are displayed in turn: Zhong Zhong Zhong, Zhong Zhong Zhong Zhong Zhong. Press ok to select "Medium".
翻页键: Page key:
在包含数字的键盘上设翻页键 Page turning on keyboards containing numbers
翻页键用来翻选新屏汉字或词组, 如第二屏、 第三屏等, 由于在第一屏内不能完全把所 有的汉字或词组都显示完毕, 所以需要翻屏, 因此设翻屏键, 解决翻屏问题。 The page-turn key is used to select new characters or phrases on the new screen, such as the second screen and the third screen. Since all Chinese characters or phrases cannot be completely displayed in the first screen, the screen needs to be turned. Key to solve the problem of flipping the screen.
1、 可选的: *键。 2、 可选的: #键。 3、 可选的: 菜单键。 4、 较佳的: #键。 5、 例如: 输入衷则需一次翻屏得到: 衷踵舯螽锺冢忪豕, 设#键为翻屏键, 按#键一次得到前八个字。 选择键和选择方式: 1. Optional: * key. 2. Optional: # key. 3. Optional: Menu key. 4. Better: # key. 5. For example: To enter the word, you need to turn the screen once to get: Since you want to turn the screen, set # key as the screen key, press # key once to get the first eight characters. Selection keys and selection methods:
在包含数字的键盘上设选择键。 Select keys on keyboards containing numbers.
用小键盘输入对应的字母或数字键得到一屏显示, 需要用选择键确认选择, 固设选择键 并且发明相应的选择方式。 Use the keypad to enter the corresponding letter or number key to get a screen display. You need to confirm the selection with the selection key, fix the selection key, and invent the corresponding selection method.
选择方式: 设一确认选择键,在汉字或词组输入时确认选择屏幕显示汉字或词组的开始。 选择确认键: Selection method: Set a confirmation selection key to confirm the start of the display of the Chinese character or phrase when the Chinese character or phrase is entered. Select the confirmation key:
在包含数字的键盘上设选择确认键 Set a selection confirmation key on a keyboard containing numbers
1、 可选的: *键; 2、 可选的: #键; 3、 可选的: 菜单键; 4、 较佳的: #键; 5、 例如: 输入 54000屏幕显示: "中重钟肿众终盅忠"。 想得到 "重"则按 #键, 确认选择。 1. Optional: * key; 2. Optional: # key; 3. Optional: Menu key; 4. Better: # key; 5. For example: Enter 54000 screen display: "Zhongzhongzhong swollen Zhongzhong Cup loyalty. " To get "heavy" press # to confirm your selection.
数字选择方式和选择数字键: Number selection method and selection number keys:
在包含数字的键盘上设选择数字键。 Select a number key on a keyboard that contains numbers.
1、 选择方式: 在确认选择键确认之后用屏幕所对应的汉字的位次数码键选择。 1. Selection method: After confirming with the selection key, select with the digit code key of the corresponding Chinese character on the screen.
2、 数字选择键: 由 1234567890做选择。 2. Numeric selection key: Select by 1234567890.
选择确认后的数字键利用: Select the confirmed number keys to use:
在包含数字的键盘上设选择确认后的数字键。 On the keyboard containing numbers, the number keys after selection and confirmation are set.
在选择确认键后由数字键对应选择汉字或词组, 如果屏幕的汉字或词组被规定少于十位 的时候就会空出至少一个数字键, 这时被空出的数字键可以被定义成其它功能。 After selecting the confirmation key, the corresponding Chinese characters or phrases are selected by the numeric keys. If the number of Chinese characters or phrases on the screen is less than ten, at least one numeric key will be vacated. At this time, the vacated numeric keys can be defined as other Features.
1、 较佳的: 用 0键做标点符号键, 代表输入标点符号。 2、 较佳的: 用至少一个数字键 的连击键做另外的标点符号键。 3、 较佳的: 如代表 ","。 4、 较佳的: 用 0键的双击键代表 输入另外的标点符号。 5、 较佳的: 如代表 "? "。 6、 较佳的: 用至少一个数字键做翻页键。 7、 较佳的: 用 0键做翻页键。 8、 较佳的: 用一个键做拼音字母的确认键。 1. Better: Use the 0 key as the punctuation key, which represents input punctuation. 2. Better: Use the double-click key of at least one number key as another punctuation key. 3. Better: Such as ",". 4. Better: Double-click with the 0 key to enter another punctuation mark. 5, better: such as "?". 6. Better: Use at least one number key as the page turning key. 7. Better: Use the 0 key as the page turning key. 8. Better: Use one key as the confirmation key for Pinyin letters.
拼音字母的输入确认 Input confirmation of pinyin
在包含数字的键盘上设拼音字母的输入确认键。 An input confirmation key for pinyin letters is set on a keyboard containing numbers.
1、在汉字输入过程当中需要输入英文字母,所以设相应的英文字母的确认键可以实现英 文字母的输入。 2、在汉字输入过程当中特别是在发短信息时为了实现快速输入, 有的时候用 户不愿意翻页, 而希望通过输入汉字的拼音来替代汉字或词组的输入, 以加快速度, 所以需 要输入拼音字母。 3、 实现方法: 设拼音字母确认键 4、 可选的: 用#键做拼音字母确认键, 按#键则开始输入拼音字母。 5、可选的: 用 *键做拼音字母确认键, 按 *键则开始输入拼音 字母。 6、 可选的: 用菜单键做拼音字母确认键, 按菜单键则开始输入拼音字母。 7、较佳的: 和汉字或词组的选择确认键共用一键, 较佳的: 用#键。 8、较佳的: 用某数字键对应一个或 一组拼音字母, 较佳的: 在按汉字或词组选择确认键后按 1键做拼音单字或全部拼音的确认 键。 9、 例如: 输入 54000按汉字或词组选择确认键后按 1键得到 zhong。 10、 可选的: 用至 少一个数字键的连击做数字确认键。 11、 较佳的: 用 67890中的任意一键的四键连击做数字 确认键。 12、 较佳的: 用 0键的三键或四键连击做数字输入确认键。 1. English letters need to be input during the Chinese character input process, so the corresponding English letter confirmation keys can be used to input English letters. 2. In the process of inputting Chinese characters, especially in order to achieve quick input when sending text messages, sometimes users are unwilling to turn the page and want to replace the input of Chinese characters or phrases by inputting Pinyin of Chinese characters to speed up the speed, so input is required. Pinyin letters. 3. Implementation method: Set the pinyin letter confirmation key 4. Optional: Use the # key as the pinyin letter confirmation key. Press the # key to start inputting the pinyin letter. 5. Optional: Use the * key as the pinyin letter confirmation key. Press the * key to start inputting the pinyin letter. 6. Optional: Use the menu key as the pinyin letter confirmation key. Press the menu key to start inputting the pinyin letter. 7. Better: Use the same key as the Chinese character or phrase selection confirmation key. Better: Use the # key. 8. Better: Use a certain number key to correspond to one or a group of Pinyin letters. Better: After pressing the Chinese character or phrase selection confirmation key, press 1 to make a Pinyin word or all Pinyin confirmation keys. 9. For example: Enter 54000 and press the Chinese character or phrase selection confirmation key, then press 1 to get zhong. 10. Optional: Use a combination of at least one number key as the number confirmation key. 11. Better: Use any of the four keys of 67890 to make a number confirmation key. 12. Better: Use the three or four keys of the 0 key to double-click as the number input confirmation key.
数字键的输入确认键和数字输入方式 Number key input confirmation key and number input method
在包含数字的键盘上设数字键的输入确认键和数字输入键。 An input confirmation key and a number input key of the number keys are set on a keyboard containing numbers.
1、 按一个字母键或数字键后按数字确认键开始输入数字。 2、 较佳的: 按一数字键后按 汉字选择确认键, 在按对应的数字键则等于输入相应的数字。 3、较佳的: 数字键输入的结束 和返回, 按完所需要的数字后按汉字选择确认键则结束返回。 4、可选的: 用至少一个数字键 的连击做数字确认键。 5、 较佳的: 用 67890中的任意一键的四键连击做数字确认键。 1. Press a letter key or a number key and then press the number confirmation key to start entering numbers. 2. Better: Press a number key and then press the Chinese character selection confirmation key. Pressing the corresponding number key is equivalent to entering the corresponding number. 3. Better: The end and return of the number key input, after pressing the required number, press the Chinese character selection confirmation key to end the return. 4. Optional: Use a combination of at least one number key as the number confirmation key. 5. Better: Use any of the four keys of 67890 to make a number confirmation key.
大写或小字的英文字母输入方式和确认键 Uppercase or lowercase English alphabet input method and confirmation key
在包含数字的键盘上设大写或小写的英文字母输入方式和确认键。 On the keyboard that contains numbers, set uppercase or lowercase English alphabet input mode and confirm key.
1、 可选的: 按至少一个数字键在按一个大写或小字英文字母的确认键则输入大写字母 或小写字母。 2、 可选的: 大写或小写字母确认键用 #键。 3、 可选的: 大写或小写字母确认 键用 *键。 4、 较佳的: 输入完毕用大写或小字字母确认键返回。 5、 较佳的: 大写和小写字 母所用的第一个数字键不同。 6、较佳的: 用 1数字键做大写字母的数字确认键。 7、较佳的: 用 2数字键做小写字母的数字确认键。 1. Optional: Press at least one number key and press an uppercase or lowercase English letter confirmation key to enter uppercase or lowercase letters. 2. Optional: Use the # key to confirm the uppercase or lowercase letters. 3. Optional: Confirm with uppercase or lowercase letters Use the * key. 4. Better: Use the uppercase or lowercase letters to confirm and return. 5. Better: The first number keys used for uppercase and lowercase letters are different. 6. Better: Use 1 number key to make the number confirmation key for capital letters. 7. Better: Use the 2 digit keys as the numeric confirmation keys for lowercase letters.
数字键在第一键时做功能选择键 Number keys are function selection keys at the first key
在包含数字的键盘上设数字键在第一键时做功能选择键。 The number keys are set on the keyboard that contains the numbers, and the function selection key is used as the first key.
1、 数字键在第一键时做功能选择键选择功能, 并由功能确认键确认功能。 2、较佳的: 用数字 1键做数字功能选择键, 用#键做数字功能确认键和数字功能结束键。 3、可选的: 用 其它数字键做数字功能选择键, 用#键做数字功能确认键和数字功能结束键。 4、较佳的: 用 数字 2键做大写英文字母的功能选择键, 用#键做大写英文字母功能确认键和大写英文字母 功能结束键。 5、可选的: 用其它数字键做大写英文字母的功能选择键, 用#键做大写英文字 母功能确认键和大写英文字母功能结束键。 6、较佳的: 用数字 3键做小写英文字母的功能逸 择键, 用#键做小写英文字母功能确认键和小写英文字母功能结束键。 7、可选的: 用其它数 字键做小写英文字母的功能选择键, 用 #键做小写英文字母功能确认键和小写英文字母功能 结束键。 8、可选的: 用数字 4键做标点符号键, 用#键做标点符号功能确认键和标点符号功 能结束键。 1. When the number key is the first key, the function selection key selects the function, and the function confirmation key confirms the function. 2. Better: Use the number 1 key for the number function selection key, and # key for the number function confirmation key and the number function end key. 3. Optional: Use the other number keys as the number function selection key, and use the # key as the number function confirmation key and the number function end key. 4. Better: Use the number 2 key for the function selection key for capital letters, use the # key for the function confirmation key for capital letters, and the function end key for capital letters. 5. Optional: Use the other number keys to make the function selection key for uppercase English letters, use the # key for uppercase English characters, the main function confirmation key, and the uppercase English function end key. 6. Better: Use the number 3 key for the function selection key for lowercase English letters, use the # key for the confirmation function for lowercase English letters and the end key for lowercase English letters. 7. Optional: Use the other numeric keys as the lowercase English alphabet function selection key, and use the # key as the lowercase alphabet function confirmation key and the lowercase alphabet function end key. 8. Optional: Use the number 4 key as the punctuation key, use the # key as the punctuation function confirmation key and the punctuation function end key.
数字键混合功能使用 Number key mixed function use
在包含数字的键盘上设数字键混合功能使用键。 On the keyboard that contains numbers, set the number key mixing function to use keys.
数字键同时做汉字选择键, 标点符号选择键或数字选择键或大写字母选择键或小写字母 选择键, 由于十个数字键做上述功能键会有剩余, 所以如果数字键也可以做汉字的选择键, 则可以充分利用上述数字键功能。 Numeric keys are used as Chinese character selection keys, punctuation mark selection keys, numeric selection keys, uppercase letter selection keys, or lowercase letter selection keys. Since ten numeric keys have the above function keys, there will be surplus. Key, you can take full advantage of the numeric key functions described above.
1、 可选的: 1234567890 中的至少一个数字键不做数字或大写英文字母或小写英文字母 或标点符号的功能键而用来做汉字的确认键。 2、 较佳的: 12345个数字键做汉字功能的确认 键。 3、 较佳的: 67890中的至少一个数字键做大写英文字母或小写英文字母或数字或标点符 号的确认键。 4、 较佳的: 用 6键做大写英文字母功能确认键。 5、 较佳的: 用 7键做小写英 文字母功能确认键。 6、 较佳的: 用 8键做数字做功能确认键。 7、 较佳的: 用 9键做标点符 号做功能确认键。 8、 此方案效果: 1. Optional: At least one number key in 1234567890 is not used as a function key for numbers or uppercase English letters or lowercase English letters or punctuation marks, but is used as a confirmation key for Chinese characters. 2. Better: 12345 number keys are used to confirm Chinese characters. 3. Preferably: At least one of the numeric keys in 67890 is a confirmation key for uppercase English letters or lowercase English letters or numbers or punctuation marks. 4. Better: Use the 6 key to confirm the function of capital letters. 5. Better: Use the 7 key to confirm the function of lowercase English letters. 6. Better: Use the 8 key as a number to make a function confirmation key. 7. Better: Use 9 key as punctuation mark as function confirmation key. 8. The effect of this solution:
此方案的较果是保证了髙频单字快速输入, 同时也满足了其他功能的需要, 在本发明中 1、 2、 3、 4、 5键作为汉字的辅音键, 因此是汉字输入的首键, 所以如果用这五键保留辅音 键的功能将会使单字高频输入得到保证。 The result of this solution is to ensure the fast input of audio frequency single words, and also meet the needs of other functions. In the present invention, the 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 keys are used as the consonant keys of Chinese characters, so they are the first keys for Chinese character input. Therefore, if these five keys are used to retain the function of the consonant key, single-word high-frequency input is guaranteed.
单字高频选择 Single word high frequency selection
在包含数字的键盘上设单字高频选择键。 A single-word high-frequency selection key is provided on a keyboard containing numbers.
1、 输入一个字母时显示汉字。 2、 按高频先见排列。 3、 按高频确认键选择对应字母。 4、 较佳的: ok键选择对应字母。 5、 例如: 1对应显示: 的到地大地都对但, 按 ok得到 "的", 按#键得到 d到地大地都对但, 依次按相对应的位次的数字键选择对应的汉字或字母。 6、例 如 2对应显示: 个过给国该刚高各, 按 ok得到 "个", 按#键得到 g过给国该刚高各, 依次 按相对应的位次的数字键选择对应的汉字或字母。 7、 例如 3对应显示: 就几家见将叫接及, 按 ok得到 "就", 按#键得到 j几家见将叫接及, 依次按相对应的位次的数字键选择对应的 汉字或字母。 8、 例如 4对应显示: 了里俩拉来老另离, 按 ok得到 "了", 按#键得到 1里俩 拉来老另离, 依次按相对应的位次的数字键选择对应的汉字或字母。 9、例如 5 应显示: 有 —又也以用要因, 按 ok得到 "有", 按#键得到 y—又也以用要因, 依次按相对应的位次的 数字键选择对应的汉字或字母。 1. Display Chinese characters when entering a letter. 2. Arrange by high-frequency foresight. 3. Press the high frequency confirmation key to select the corresponding letter. 4. Better: ok key to select the corresponding letter. 5. For example: 1 Correspondence display: The ground and the ground are all right, but press ok to get "", and press # to get the grounds and d are right. But, press the corresponding number key in turn to select the corresponding Chinese character or letter. 6. For example, the corresponding display of 2 is: If the country is too high for each country, press ok to get "a", press # to get the country that is high, and press the corresponding number key in turn to select the corresponding Chinese character. Or letters. 7. For example, the corresponding display of 3 is as follows: If you want to see the call of a few companies, press ok to get "Just", press # key to get the call of a few see you, press the corresponding number key in turn to select the corresponding Chinese character. Or letters. 8. For example, the corresponding display of 4 is as follows: If you have two friends, you will be separated from each other. Press "ok" to get "Returned", and press # to get 1 two friends. Please press the corresponding number key to select the corresponding Chinese character. Or letters. 9. For example, 5 should display: Yes—also use the factors, press ok to get “yes”, press # to get y—and also use the factors, press the corresponding number key in turn to select the corresponding Chinese character or letter .
删除键 Delete key
' 在包含数字的键盘上设删除键。 'Set the delete key on the keyboard that contains the numbers.
用一个删除键删除所不需要的字母或汉字。 Use a delete key to delete unwanted letters or Chinese characters.
1、 用手机上的 c键做删除键。 左移键 1. Use the c key on your phone as the delete key. Left key
在包含数字的键盘上设左移键。 Set the left shift key on a keyboard that contains numbers.
用一个键做左移动键, 便于修改或删除错误的字母或汉字。 Use one key to move left, it is easy to modify or delete wrong letters or Chinese characters.
1、 可选的: 用#键做左移键。 2、 可选的: 用 *键做左移键。 3、 较佳的: 用 *键做左移 键。 1. Optional: Use the # key to move left. 2. Optional: Use the * key to move left. 3. Better: Use * to move left.
右移键 Right
在包含数字的键盘上设右移键。 Set the right shift key on a keyboard that contains numbers.
1、 可选的: 用#键做右移键。 2、 可选的: 用 *键做右移键。 3、 较佳的: 用#键做右 移键。 1. Optional: Use the # key to move right. 2. Optional: Use the * key to move right. 3. Better: Use # to do the right shift.
½殊字母的增加替代键 Addition of alternative letters for special letters
在包含数字的键盘上设特殊字母的增加替代键。 Add a special letter on the keyboard containing numbers to substitute keys.
用一个键增加替代字母是为了方便输入词音节当中的固定搭配中的特定字母, 而不影响 字母在非替代键的正常输入, 而且被替代的字母键还能够在键盘上另外输入。 Adding a substitute letter with a key is to facilitate the input of a specific letter in a fixed collocation in a word syllable, without affecting the normal input of the letter in a non-replacement key, and the replaced letter key can also be entered on the keyboard.
1、 可选的: h被增加键替代键替代。 2、可选的: n被增加键替代键替代。 3、 可选的: g 被增加键替代键替代。 4、 较佳的: 增加替代键字母由一键共同替代。 5、 可选的: 用数字以 外的键做特殊字母的替代键。 6、 可选的: 用 *键做增加字母替代键。 7、 可选的: 用#键做 增加字母替代键。 8、 较佳的: 用 *键做增加字母替代键。 9、 可选的: 增加字母替代键用来 输入中拼音。 10、 可选的: 增加字母替代键用来输入英文。 11、 选的: 增加字母替代键用来 输入拉丁字母。 12、 可选的: 中文拼音, 增加字母替代键在 1-5键后替代 h键。 13、可选的: 中文拼音, 增加字母替代键在 6-0键后替代 n键。 14、 可选的: 中文拼音, 增加字母替代键 在 6-0键后的连击替代 ng键。 15、 较佳的: 增加替代键替代 hng当中的至少两个字母。 16、 较佳的: 增加替代键替代 hng当中的至少三个字母。 17、 可选的: 增加替代键替代 hng当中 的至少一个字母。 18、 可选的: 数字键代表 aeiou字母键不再代表输入 n、 g、 ng中的至少一 个。 19、 可选的: 数字键代表 aeiou字母键不再代表输入 n、 g、 ng中的每一个字母或组合。 20、 可选的: 数字键代表 aeiou字母键至少一键的连击键代表输入一个词组。 21、 可选的: 数字键代表 aeiou字母键至少一键的连击键代表数字或数字功能键。 22、可选的:数字键代表 aeiou字母键至少一键的连击键代表字母或字母功能键。 23、 可选的: 数字键代表 aeiou字母 键至少一键的连击键代表大写字母或大写字母功能键。 24、可选的:数字键代表 aeiou字母键 至少一键的连击键代表小写字母或小写字母功能键。 25、可选的:数字键代表 aeiou字母键至 少一键的连击键代表司标点符号或标点符号功能键。 1. Optional: h is replaced by an additional key instead of a key. 2. Optional: n is replaced by adding a key instead of a key. 3. Optional: g is replaced by adding a key instead of a key. 4. Better: Add a substitute key. The letters are replaced by one key. 5. Optional: Use keys other than numbers as substitutes for special letters. 6. Optional: Use * to add letters instead of keys. 7. Optional: Use # to add letters instead of keys. 8. Better: Use * to add letters instead of keys. 9. Optional: Add alphabet substitution keys to input the middle pinyin. 10. Optional: Add alphabet substitution keys to input English. 11. Selected: Add alphabet substitution keys to input Latin letters. 12. Optional: Chinese pinyin, adding letter replacement key after 1-5 key to replace h key. 13. Optional: Chinese pinyin, adding letter replacement key after 6-0 key to replace n key. 14. Optional: Chinese Pinyin, adding a letter replacement key after the 6-0 key to replace the ng key. 15. Better: Replace at least two letters in hng by adding substitute keys. 16. Better: Replace at least three letters in hng with replacement keys. 17. Optional: Add an alternative key to replace at least one of the letters in hng. 1 8. Optional: The number keys represent the aeiou letter keys and no longer represent at least one of n, g, and ng. 19. Optional: The number keys represent the aeiou letter keys and no longer represent each letter or combination of n, g, and ng. 20. Optional: The number key represents the aeiou alphabetic key. At least one keystroke of the keystroke represents the input of a phrase. 21. Optional: Number keys represent aeiou alphabetic keys. At least one keystroke of a key represents a number or a numeric function key. 22. Optional: Number keys represent aeiou alphabetic keys. At least one key of the double-click key represents alphabetic or alphabetic function keys. 23. Optional: The number key represents the aeiou alphabetic key. At least one key of the double-click key represents an uppercase letter or an uppercase letter function key. 24. Optional: Number keys represent aeiou alphabetic keys. At least one key of the double-click key represents lowercase letters or lowercase function keys. 25. Optional: The number key represents the aeiou alphabet key. At least one key of the double-click key represents the punctuation or punctuation function key.
空格键 space bar
在包含数字的键盘上设空格键。 Set the space bar on keyboards containing numbers.
1、 可选的: #键做空格键。 2、可选的: *键做空格键。 3、可选的: ok键做空格键。 4、 较佳的: #键做空格键。 1. Optional: # key as space bar. 2. Optional: * key is used as space bar. 3. Optional: The ok key is used as the space bar. 4. Better: # key for space bar.
汉字和词组的输入 Chinese character and phrase input
在本发明数字键盘上可输入汉字和词组。 Chinese characters and phrases can be input on the numeric keyboard of the present invention.
1、 可选的: 汉字。 2、 可选的: 汉字和 2字词组。 3、 可选的: 汉字和 3字词组。 4、 可 选的: 汉字和 4字词组。 5、可选的: 汉字和 5字词组。 6、 可选的: 汉字和 6字词组。 7、 可 选的: 汉字和 7字词组。 8、 可选的: 汉字和 8字词组。 9、 可选的: 汉字和 9字词组。 10、 可选的: 汉字和 10字词组。 11、可选的: 汉字和 11字词组。 12、可选的: 汉字和 12字词组。 13、 可选的: 汉字和 13字词组。 14、 可选的: 汉字和 14字词组。 15、 可选的: 汉字和 15 或 16或 17或 18或 19或 20或 21或 22或 23或 24或 25或 26或 27或 28或 29或 30或 31 或 32或 33或 34或 35或 36或 37或 38或 39或 40或 41或 42或 43或 44或 45或 16或 47 或 48或 49或 50或 51或 52或 53或 54或 55或 56或 57或 58或 59或 60或 61或 62或 63 或 64或 65或 66或 67或 68或 69或 70或 71或 72或 73或 74或 75或 76或 77或 78或 79 或 80或 81或 82或 83或 84或 85或 86或 87或 88或 89或 90或 91或 92或 93或 94或 95 或 96或 97或 98或 99或 100或 100以上字词组。 16、较佳的: 汉字和双字词。 17、较佳的: 汉字和双字词和三字词。 18、 较佳的: 汉字和双字词和三字词和四字词。 1. Optional: Chinese characters. 2. Optional: Chinese characters and 2-character phrases. 3. Optional: Chinese characters and 3-character phrases. 4. Optional: Chinese characters and 4-character phrases. 5. Optional: Chinese characters and 5-character phrases. 6. Optional: Chinese characters and 6-character phrases. 7. Optional: Chinese characters and 7-character phrases. 8. Optional: Chinese characters and 8-character phrases. 9. Optional: Chinese characters and 9-character phrases. 10. Optional: Chinese characters and 10-character phrases. 11. Optional: Chinese characters and 11-character phrases. 12. Optional: Chinese characters and 12-character phrases. 13. Optional: Chinese characters and 13-character phrases. 14. Optional: Chinese characters and 14-character phrases. 15, optional: Chinese characters and 15 or 16 or 17 or 18 or 19 or 20 or 21 or 22 or 23 or 24 or 25 or 26 or 27 or 28 or 29 or 30 or 31 or 32 or 33 or 34 or 35 or 36 or 37 or 38 or 39 or 40 or 41 or 42 or 43 or 44 or 45 or 16 or 47 or 48 or 49 or 50 or 51 or 52 or 53 or 54 or 55 or 56 or 57 or 58 or 59 or 60 or 61 or 62 or 63 or 64 or 65 or 66 or 67 or 68 or 69 or 70 or 71 or 72 or 73 or 74 or 75 or 76 or 77 or 78 or 79 Or 80 or 81 or 82 or 83 or 84 or 85 or 86 or 87 or 88 or 89 or 90 or 91 or 92 or 93 or 94 or 95 or 96 or 97 or 98 or 99 or 100 or more words. 16. Better: Chinese and two-character words. 17. Better: Chinese characters, double words and three words. 18. Better: Chinese and double words and three and four words.
汉字和词组的输入方法和显示方法 Chinese character and phrase input method and display method
数字键输入的逐渐显示: 汉字和词组共同输入时, 每输入一个字母对应键或一个数字键 屏幕显示新的汉字或词组的排列。 Gradual display of number key input: When Chinese characters and phrases are input together, each letter corresponding to a key or a number key is entered. The screen displays a new Chinese character or phrase arrangement.
在数字键输入时不一定一组数字输入完毕才开始显示汉字,否则显示速度较慢,效率低。 It is not necessary to start displaying Chinese characters when a set of numbers is entered when the number keys are entered, otherwise the display speed is slow and the efficiency is low.
1、每输入一个数字键, 不论一个单字或词组的拼音输入是否完成, 屏幕都刷新显示汉字 或词组, 按确认键后在按相应的数字键则输入相应的汉字或词组,按高频键选择高频字或词。 2、快速输入当屏幕已经出现高频字或高频词组时按确认键或高频键确认输入, 不必全部输入 所有字母的对应数字键。 3、例如: 实事求是输入 5385283时屏幕显示"实事求是"则按高频 键确认输入实事求是, 不必全部输入 5385383389538。 1. Every time you input a number key, no matter if the pinyin input of a single word or phrase is completed, the screen will refresh to display Chinese characters or phrases. After pressing the confirmation key, press the corresponding number key to enter the corresponding Chinese characters or phrases. Press the high frequency key to select high frequency Word or phrase. 2. Quick input When the high-frequency word or high-frequency phrase has appeared on the screen, press the confirmation key or the high-frequency key to confirm the input. It is not necessary to input all the corresponding number keys of all letters. 3. For example: When the truth-seeking input is 5385283, the screen displays "Fact-seeking truth". Press the high-frequency key to confirm the fact-seeking input. It is not necessary to enter all 5385383389538.
发明实施例 Invention Examples
1、数字 1键对应 dbcfh,数字 2键对应 gkxmn,数字 3键对应 jpqrs,数字 4键对应 ltvwz, 数字 5键对应 ychshzhth, 数字 6键对应 ang, 数字 7键对应 eng, 数字 8键对应 ing, 数字 9 键对应 ong, 数字 0键对应 un。 2、 数字 1-5键后输入 6-0键分别得到 dgjly的输入。 3、 数字 1-5键后分别输入 1-5键分别得到: 1. Number 1 corresponds to dbcfh, number 2 corresponds to gkxmn, number 3 corresponds to jpqrs, number 4 corresponds to ltvwz, number 5 corresponds to ychshzhth, number 6 corresponds to ang, number 7 corresponds to eng, number 8 corresponds to ing, The number 9 key corresponds to ong, and the number 0 key corresponds to un. 2. Enter the 6-0 keys after the number 1-5 keys to get input from dgjly. 3. Enter the 1-5 keys after the numbers 1-5 respectively:
l l=b,12=d,13=c,14=f=15=h,21=g,22=k=23=x,24=m,25=n,31=j,32-p,33=q,34=r,35=s, 41=l,42=t,43=v,44=w,45=z,51=y,52=ch,53=sh,54=zh,55=tli ll = b, 12 = d, 13 = c, 14 = f = 15 = h, 21 = g, 22 = k = 23 = x, 24 = m, 25 = n, 31 = j, 32-p, 33 = q, 34 = r, 35 = s, 41 = l, 42 = t, 43 = v, 44 = w, 45 = z, 51 = y, 52 = ch, 53 = sh, 54 = zh, 55 = tli
4、 ok键做高频汉字确认键。 5、 c键做删除键。 6、 #键做汉字选择确认键, 确认后按相 应的数字键选择所对应的汉字或词组, 选择完毕自动返回。 7、 #键独立使用时做空格键。 8、 *键做左移键。 9、数字 0键至少三连击以上的连击键分别做标点符号键。 10、包含汉字双字 词、三字词、 四字词输入。 11、 每输入一个字母对应的数字键依次高频显示汉字或词组。 12、 的、 个、 是、 了、 一、 和、 大、 不、 在、 有、 这中至少两个字母做高频字。 13、 汉字输入从 第一个字母对应数字键开始依频率显示汉字。 14、 汉字双字词第一个字字母对应数字键输入 完毕后, 第二个字的拼音字母对应数字键的第一键开始输入时, 依据频率依次显示双字词。 15、 汉字三字词第一个字字母对应数字键输入完毕后, 第二个字的拼音字母对应数字键的第 一键开始输入时, 依据频率依次显示三字词。 16、 汉字四字词第一个字字母对应数字键输入 完毕后, 第二个字的拼音字母对应数字键的第一键开始输入时, 依据频率依次显示四字词。 17、 在三字词或四字词之前有相应的两字词或三字词时应优先显示低个位汉字词组。 18、 例 如: 输入单字高频的: 按 1, 屏幕显示: 的到地大地, 按 ok得到 "的"。 19、 例如: 输入单 字地:按 17,屏幕显示:地得德底锝,按 ok得到"地"。 20、例如:输入双字词事实:按 538538 屏幕显示:事实实施时时逝世,按 ok得到"事实"。21、例如:输入三字词共产党:按 299952661, 注: 没有完全输入便显示高频词共产党, 屏幕显示: 共产党, 按 ok得到 "共产党"。 22、 例 如: 输入四字词实事求是: 按 5385383, 注: 没有完全输入便显示高频词实事求是, 屏幕显 示: 实事实是, 按 ok得到 "实事求是"。 23、 数字 0键选择所输入拼音字母的拼音, 输入 17 对应拼音为 de按确认键#键再按 0键等于选择 de输入 3。 4. The ok key is the high frequency Chinese character confirmation key. 5. The c key is the delete key. 6. The # key is the Chinese character selection confirmation key. After confirming, press the corresponding number key to select the corresponding Chinese character or phrase, and return automatically after the selection. 7, # key when used independently as a space bar. 8. * key is used to move left. 9. The number 0 key has at least three consecutive hits, which are used as punctuation keys respectively. 10. Contains double-character, three-character, and four-character input. 11. The numeric keys corresponding to each letter in turn display Chinese characters or phrases in high frequency. 12, of, at, yes, at, one, and, big, no, at, there, at least two of these letters are high frequency words. 13. Chinese character input starts with the number key corresponding to the first letter and displays Chinese characters according to frequency. 14. After the first character of the double-letter word of the Chinese double character word is input, when the first key of the numeric key corresponding to the pinyin letter of the second character starts to input, the double character is displayed in order according to the frequency. 15. After the first letter of the three-letter Chinese character corresponds to the number key input, when the first key of the number key corresponding to the pinyin letter of the second character begins to be entered, the three-letter word is displayed in order according to the frequency. 16. After the first character of the four-character Chinese character corresponds to the number key input, when the first key of the number key corresponding to the pinyin letter of the second character starts to be input, the four-character word is displayed in order according to the frequency. 17. When there are corresponding two- or three-word words before the three-word or four-word words, the lower Chinese character phrase should be displayed first. 18. For example: Input single-word high-frequency: Press 1, the screen displays: to the ground, press ok to get "". 19. For example: Enter the word land: Press 17. The screen displays: Land is in the bottom, press ok to get "Ground". 20. For example: Enter the two-character fact: press 538538. The screen displays: The fact passed away from time to time. Press "ok" to get "fact". 21. For example: Enter the three-character Communist Party: Press 299952661, Note: The high-frequency Communist Party is displayed without full input. The screen displays: Communist Party, press ok to get "Communist Party". 22. For example: Enter the four-character truth-seeking truth: Press 5385383, Note: The high-frequency word truth-seeking truth is displayed without full input. The screen displays: The fact is, press ok to get "Fact-seeking truth". 23. Press the 0 key to select the pinyin of the entered pinyin letter. Enter 17 corresponding to pinyin. Press the confirmation key # key and then press 0 to select de input 3.
汉字拼音智能输入方法和操作键 Chinese character pinyin intelligent input method and operation keys
在使用汉语拼音输入汉字或词组的时候, 有的人对拼音掌握的可能不是很熟练, 所以有 的汉字和词组必须要求准备拼音的时候, 就可能有输入难度。 所以, 有必要进行模糊处理, 设模糊处理模块来模糊智能识别汉语拼音,从而查找单词或词组。智能模糊方法和装置如下: When using Chinese Pinyin to input Chinese characters or phrases, some people may not be very proficient in Pinyin, so some Chinese characters and phrases may require difficulty in inputting Pinyin. Therefore, it is necessary to perform fuzzy processing, and a fuzzy processing module is set to intelligently recognize Chinese pinyin to find words or phrases. The intelligent fuzzy method and device are as follows:
1、 可选的: 部分拼音字母可以由其它的拼音字母所相应的数字键来替代输入, 把一些 容易念错的字母用一些字母来替代。 2、较佳的: sh或 ch或 zh用其它字母所相应的数字键来 替代输入。 3、 较佳的: sh或 ch或 zh分别用 s、 c、 2所相应的数字键替代输入。 4、 较佳的: ng由 n所相应的数字键来替代输入。 5、 较佳的: ang、 eng、 ing、 ong、 ung都允许用其中任 何一组所相应的数字键替代输入。 6、 较佳的: an、 en、 in、 on、 un、 ang、 eng, ing, ong、 ung都允许用其中任何一组所相应的数字键替代输入。 7、 较佳的: eng、 ing、 ong、 ung都允 许用 ang所相应的数字键替代输入。 8、 较佳的: en、 in、 on、 皿、 ang、 eng、 ing、 ong、 ung 都允许用 an所相应的数字键替代输入。 9、较佳的: ang用 an所相应的数字键替代输入。 10、 较佳的: eng用 en所相应的数字键替代输入。 11、 较佳的: ing用 in所相应的数字键替代输 入。 12、较佳的: ong用 on所相应的数字键替代输入。 13、较佳的: ung用 un所相应的数字 键替代输入。 14、 可选的: o、 e字母所相应的数字键互相替代输入。 15、 较佳的: o用 e所 相应的数字键替代输入。 16、 较佳的: e用 0所相应的数字键替代输入。 17、较佳的: 同时 0 用 e所相应的数字键替代输入, e用 o所相应的数字键替代输入。 1. Optional: Some pinyin letters can be replaced by the corresponding number keys of other pinyin letters, and some letters that are easily misspelled can be replaced by some letters. 2. Better: sh or ch or zh replace the input with the corresponding number keys of other letters. 3. Better: Use sh, ch, or zh to replace the input with the corresponding number keys of s, c, and 2, respectively. 4. Better: ng replaces the input with the corresponding number key of n. 5, better: ang, eng , i n g, ong , ung are allowed to use any of them Which set of corresponding numeric keys replaces the input. 6. Better: an, en, in, on, un, ang, eng, ing, ong, ung are allowed to replace the input with any of the corresponding number keys. 7. Better: eng, ing, ong, ung are allowed to use the number key corresponding to ang instead of input. 8. Better: en, in, on, dish, ang, eng, ing, ong, ung are allowed to use the corresponding number key of an instead of input. 9. Better: ang replace the input with the corresponding number key of an. 10. Better: eng replace the input with the corresponding number key of en. 11. Better: ing replaces the input with the corresponding number key of in. 12. Better: ong replaces the input with the corresponding number key of on. 13. Better: ung replaces the input with the corresponding number key of un. 14. Optional: The numeric keys corresponding to the o and e letters are replaced by each other. 15. Better: o Replace the input with the corresponding number key of e. 16. Better: e Use the number key corresponding to 0 to replace the input. 17. Better: At the same time, 0 replaces the input with the number key corresponding to e, and e replaces the input with the number key corresponding to o.
智能替代输入的显示方法 Display method of intelligent substitute input
在智能模糊方式输入汉字或词组时,在输入字母对应数字键所对应的汉字和词组和替代 字母数字键所对应的汉字和词组都在该字母输入后显示。 字母所应该对应的汉字或词组叫做 本对应, 而模糊方式对应的汉字或词组叫做模糊对应。 When inputting Chinese characters or phrases in the intelligent fuzzy mode, the Chinese characters and phrases corresponding to the numeric keys corresponding to the input letters and the substitute Chinese characters and phrases corresponding to the alphanumeric keys are displayed after the letters are entered. The Chinese characters or phrases that the letters should correspond to are called local correspondences, and the Chinese characters or phrases that correspond to fuzzy ways are called fuzzy correspondences.
1、 可选的: 本对应单字或词组和模糊对应单字或词组依据频率高低依次显示。 1. Optional: The corresponding word or phrase and the vague corresponding word or phrase are displayed in order according to the frequency.
2、 较佳的: 本对应单字或词组优先显示, 模糊对应汉字或单词在后显示。 2. Better: The corresponding single word or phrase is displayed first, and the fuzzy corresponding Chinese character or word is displayed later.
_ 3、一较佳的: 本对应单字或词组优先按频率高低显示, 模糊对应汉字或单字随后按频率 智能 ½代词库的替代方法 _ 3, a better one: The corresponding word or phrase is displayed first according to the frequency, and the fuzzy corresponding Chinese character or word is then displayed according to the frequency.
在词库中排列着拼音字母所对应的本对应汉字或词组, 同时对应着模糊对应汉字或词 组。 In the thesaurus, the corresponding Chinese characters or phrases corresponding to the pinyin letters are arranged, and the fuzzy corresponding Chinese characters or phrases are arranged at the same time.
1、 可选的: 本对应单字或词组和模糊对应单字或词组依据频率高低依次排列。 1. Optional: The corresponding words or phrases and the vague corresponding words or phrases are arranged in order according to the frequency.
2、 较佳的: 本对应单字或词组优先排列, 模糊对应汉字或单词在后排列。 2. Better: The corresponding single words or phrases are given priority, while the fuzzy corresponding Chinese characters or words are arranged behind.
3、 较佳的: 本对应单字或词组优先按频率高低排列, 模糊对应汉字或单字随后按频率 高低排列。 3. Better: The corresponding single words or phrases are arranged in order of frequency. The fuzzy corresponding Chinese characters or words are arranged in order of frequency.
智能与非智能双显设计 Intelligent and non-intelligent dual display design
需要按智能方式和非智能两种方式时, 应有双显设计, 即在按键输入时同时按非智能显 示, 并且也按智能方式显示, 此方法是为了快速输入, 便于用户任意选择, 显示后由确认键 分别确认。 When you need to use the intelligent mode and the non-intelligent mode, you should have a dual display design, that is, press the non-intelligent display at the same time as the key input, and also display the intelligent mode. Confirm with the confirmation key.
1、 可选的: 由 OK键, #键, *键分别做确认键。 1. Optional: The OK key, # key, and * key are the confirmation keys respectively.
2、 较佳的: 用 OK键做非智能方式确认键, 用#键做智能方式确认键。 2. Better: Use the OK key as the non-intelligent mode confirmation key and the # key as the smart mode confirmation key.
显示区设计, 在进行智能与非智能双显时应把它们在显示屏上进行区分, 应有特定的智 能显示区和非智能显示区。 The design of the display area should be distinguished on the display screen when performing intelligent and non-intelligent dual displays, and there should be specific intelligent display areas and non-intelligent display areas.
1、 较佳的: 智能显示区在左下角, 非智能显示区在智能显示区上位区。 2、 可选的: 智 能显示区和非智能显示区在同一行。 3、较佳的: 智能显示区和非智能显示区不在同一行本发 明双显设计适用于各种文字, 包括拼音文字。 1. Better: The intelligent display area is in the lower left corner, and the non-intelligent display area is in the upper area of the intelligent display area. 2. Optional: Intelligent display area and non-intelligent display area are on the same line. 3. Better: The smart display area and the non-intelligent display area are not on the same line. The dual display design of the present invention is suitable for various texts, including pinyin text.
输入例: Input example:
输入例 1: 输入 5键得到双显: t(OK) the(#) Input example 1: Enter 5 keys to get dual display: t (OK) the (#)
输入例 2: 输入 55 (55 ¾=th)得到双显: th (OK) there (#) Input example 2: Enter 55 (55 ¾ = th) to get dual display: th (OK) there (#)
OK键是非智能模糊状态确认键, #键是快速模糊状态确认键, 用快速模糊状态将提高输 入效率。 The OK key is a non-intelligent fuzzy state confirmation key, and the # key is a fast fuzzy state confirmation key. Using a fast blur state will improve input efficiency.
显示段 Display segment
显示段是为了显示不同的文字信息的行段, 至少包括两上显示段。 1、较佳的: 至少设一 段显示区用来显示已输入确认的文字信息。 显示屏第一段显示已输入确认信息。 2、 较佳的: 至少设一段显示区用来显示已确认的非快速模糊状态下的字母进行。 3、较佳的: 至少设一段 显示区用来显示快速模糊提示单词或文字单元, 用来根据输入信息搜索提示。 见图 44 英文小键盘输入进一步方案 The display segment is a line segment for displaying different text information, and includes at least two upper display segments. 1. Better: At least one display area is used to display the text information that has been input and confirmed. The first segment of the display shows that the confirmation message has been entered. 2. Better: At least one display area is set for displaying the letters in the confirmed non-fast blur state. 3. Preferably: At least one display area is provided for displaying fast fuzzy prompt words or text units for searching prompts based on input information. See Figure 44 English keypad input further program
英文单词智能显示 English word smart display
用英文字母所对应的数字键盘的数字键输入相应字母, 同时显示所对应的输入字母和输 入的字母所对应的至少一个单词, 单词的智能显示是由系统中根据字母所对应的数字键优先 挑选髙频对应单词显示, 以共优先高频选择输入。 Use the number keys on the numeric keyboard corresponding to the English alphabet to enter the corresponding letter, and at the same time display the corresponding input letter and at least one word corresponding to the entered letter. The intelligent display of the word is selected by the system according to the number key corresponding to the letter The corresponding words of the audio frequency are displayed, and the input is selected by the common high frequency.
1、 可选的: 显示至少一个单词。 2、 可选的: 显示至少二个单词。 3、 可选的: 显示至少 三个单词。 4、可选的: 显示至少四个单词。 5、可选的: 显示至少四个以上单词。 6、较佳的: 显示单词髙频优先显示。 7、 较佳的: 显示的单词的字母多于所输入的字母。 8、 例如: 输入 5键屏幕上分别显示 t和 the。 1. Optional: Display at least one word. 2. Optional: Display at least two words. 3. Optional: Display at least three words. 4. Optional: Display at least four words. 5. Optional: Display at least four words. 6. Better: Display the word audio frequency first. 7. Better: The letters of the displayed word are more than the letters entered. 8. For example: Enter 5 and t are displayed on the screen.
显示字母输入的方法和确认键 Method for displaying letter input and confirmation key
在数字键盘用数字对应输入字母时, 由确认键确认输入。 When inputting letters corresponding to numbers on the numeric keyboard, confirm the input with the confirmation key.
1、 较佳的: 由 OK键确认。 2、可选的: 由#键确认。 3、 可选的: 由 *键确认。 4、 可选 的: 由其它非数字键做确认键。 5、 例如: 输入 5键屏幕上分别显示 t, 按 OK键选择 t。 1. Better: Confirm with OK. 2. Optional: Confirm by # key. 3. Optional: Confirm with *. 4. Optional: Use other non-numeric keys as confirmation keys. 5. For example: Enter 5 keys to display t on the screen, press OK key to select t.
显示智能处理单词的方法和确认键 Show smart word processing method and confirm key
在数字键盘用数字对应输入字母时,同时显示智能处理的高频单词,由确认键确认输入。 1、 较佳的: 由 *键确认。 2、 可选的: 由 OK键确认。 3、 可选的: 由#键确认。 4、 可选 的: 由其它非数字键做确认键。 5、 例如: 输入 5键屏幕上分别显示 the, 按 *键选择 the。 When the numeric keyboard is used to input letters corresponding to numbers, intelligently processed high-frequency words are displayed at the same time, and the input is confirmed by the confirmation key. 1. Better: Confirm with *. 2. Optional: Confirm with OK. 3. Optional: Confirm with # key. 4. Optional: Use other non-numeric keys as confirmation keys. 5. For example: Enter 5 on the screen, and press * to select the.
同时显示字母输入和显示智能处理单词的方法和确认键 Simultaneous display of letter input and method for intelligently processing words
在数字键盘用数字对应输入字母时, 显示对应输入字母, 并同时显示智能处理的高频单 词, 由确认键确认输入。 When the numeric keyboard is used to input letters corresponding to numbers, the corresponding input letters are displayed, and the intelligently processed high-frequency words are also displayed, and the input is confirmed by the confirmation key.
1、 较佳的: 用 OK键确认字母输入, 用 *键确认高频单词输入。 2、 可选的: 用 *键确 认字母输入, 用 OK键确认高频单词输入。 3、 可选的: 用#键确认字母输入, 用 OK键确认 高频单 i司输入。 4、 可选的: 由其它非数字键做确认键。 5、 例如: 输入 5键屏幕上分别显示 t和 the, 按 OK键选择 t, 按 *键选择 the 1. Better: Confirm the letter input with OK, and confirm the high frequency word input with *. 2. Optional: Use the * key to confirm the letter input and the OK key to confirm the high-frequency word input. 3. Optional: Use the # key to confirm the letter input and the OK key to confirm the high-frequency list input. 4. Optional: Use other non-numeric keys as confirmation keys. 5. For example: Enter 5 and t are displayed on the screen, press OK to select t, and press * to select the
删除键 Delete key
在 λ字键盘用数字对应输入字母时, 显示对应输入字母, 或同时显示智能处理的高频单 词, 由确认键确认输入, 用删除键对所输入的字符或单词进行删除。 When the λ-keyboard is used to input letters corresponding to numbers, the corresponding input letters are displayed, or intelligently processed high-frequency words are displayed at the same time. The input is confirmed by the confirmation key, and the entered characters or words are deleted by the delete key.
1、较佳的:用 C键做删除键。 2、可选的:用 *键做删除键。 3、可选的:用#键做删除键。 4、 可选的: 由其它非数字键做删除键。 5、 例如: 输入得到 the, 用 C键一次得到 th, 用 C 两次得到 t, 用 C三次消除{。 1. Better: Use the C key as the delete key. 2. Optional: Use the * key as the delete key. 3. Optional: Use the # key as the delete key. 4. Optional: Use other non-numeric keys as delete keys. 5. For example: Enter the, use C to get th once, use C to get t, and use C three times to eliminate {.
空格键 space bar
在数字键盘用数字对应输入字母时, 显示对应输入字母, 或同时显示智能处理的髙频单 词, 由确认键确认输入, 用空格键进行空格, 每空格键一次空一格。 When the numeric keypad is used to input letters corresponding to numbers, the corresponding input letters are displayed, or the intelligently processed audio words are displayed at the same time, and the input is confirmed by the confirmation key, and the space is spaced by the space key, and each space key is blank one space at a time.
1、 较佳的: 用#做空格; 2、 可选的: 用 *做空格; 3、 可选的: 用 OK做空格; 4、 可 选的: 由其它非数字键做空格键。 5、 例如: 输入得到 the, 按#键一次空一格, 按#键二次空 二格, 按#键三次空三格, 每#键一次空一格。 1. Better: Use # for space; 2. Optional: Use * for space; 3. Optional: Use OK for space; 4. Optional: Use other non-numeric keys for space. 5. For example: Enter the, press # to empty one space at a time, press # to empty two spaces at one time, press # to empty three spaces at three times, and empty one space at a time per # key.
数字功能键 Numeric function keys
在数字键盘用数字对应输入字母时, 显示对应输入字母, 或同时显示智能处理的高频单 词, 设一个数字功能开关键控制数字输入的开关, 按下数字功能开关键, 则所输入的为数字。 When the numeric keypad is used to input letters corresponding to numbers, the corresponding input letters are displayed, or intelligently processed high-frequency words are also displayed. Set a digital function switch to control the digital input switch. Press the digital function switch to enter the number. .
1、 较佳的: 用 *键做数字功能开关键。 2、 可选的: 用#键做数字功能开关键。 3、 可选 的: 由其它非数字键做数字功能开关键。 4、 可选的: 设一返回键来控制返回字母输入。 5、 可选的: 设数字功能键本身作为返回键。 1. Better: Use the * key as the key for digital functions. 2. Optional: Use the # key as the key for digital functions. 3. Optional: Use other non-numeric keys as key for digital function. 4. Optional: Set a return key to control the input of return letters. 5. Optional: Set the numeric function key itself as the return key.
标点符号键 Punctuation key
在数字键盘用数字对应输入字母时, 显示对应输入字母, 或同时显示智能处理的髙频单 词, 设一个标点符号功能开关键控制标点符号的开关, 按下标点符号功能开关键, 则所输入 的为标点符号。 When using the numeric keyboard to input letters corresponding to numbers, display the corresponding input letters, or simultaneously display the intelligently processed high-frequency words. Set a punctuation function to turn on and off the key to control the punctuation mark. Press the punctuation function to turn on the key. Are punctuation marks.
1、 较佳的: 用 *键做标点符号功能开关键。 2、 可选的: 用#键做标点符号功能开关键。 3、 可选的: 由其它非数字键做标点符号功能开关键。 4、 可选的: 设一返回键来控制返回字 母输入。 5、 可选的: 设标点符号功能键本身作为返回键。 1. Better: Use the * key as the key for punctuation. 2. Optional: Use the # key as the key for punctuation. 3. Optional: Use other non-numeric keys for punctuation. 4. Optional: Set a return key to control the return letter input. 5. Optional: Set the punctuation function key itself as the return key.
连选标点符号键 Double-click punctuation key
在数字键盘用数字对应输入字母时, 设一连选标点符号键。 When inputting letters with numbers on the numeric keyboard, a series of punctuation keys are set.
1、 可选的: 用一个数字键做连选标点符号键。 2、 较佳的: 用一个数字键 0键做连键标 点符号键。 3、 较佳的: 用一个数字键 0键做 u键, 0键三连键标点符号键。 4、 较佳的: 用 一个数字键 0二连键键做 un键, 0键三连键标点符号键。 5、 较佳的: 用一个数字键 0二连 键键做 un键, 0键三连键做逗号键, 标点符号键。 6、 较佳的: 用一个数字键 0二连键键做 un键, 0键四连键做句号键, 标点符号键。 1. Optional: Use a number key as a continuous selection punctuation key. 2. Better: Use a number key, 0 key, as the key to connect the punctuation marks. 3. Better: Use a number key 0 key as the u key, and the 0 key triple key punctuation key. 4. Better: Use a number key, the 0 key, the unkey key, and the 0 key, the triple key punctuation key. 5. Better: Use a number key, the 0-two-key key as the un key, the 0-key three-key key as the comma key, and the punctuation key. 6. Better: Use a numeric key, the 0-two key for the un key, the 0-key four key for the period key, and the punctuation key.
大写字母键 Capital letter key
' 在数字键盘用数字对应输入字母时, 设一个非数字键做大写字母键。 'When using the numeric keyboard to input letters with numbers, set a non-numeric key as the capital letter key.
1、 较佳的: 用 *键做大写字母键。 2、 可选的: 用#键做大写字母键。 3、 可选的: 由其 它非数字键做大写字母键。 4、 可选的: 设一返回键来控制返回字母输入。 5、 可选的: 设大 写字母功能键本身作为返回键。 1. Better: Use the * key for capital letter keys. 2. Optional: Use the # key for capital letters. 3. Optional: Use other non-numeric keys as capital letters. 4. Optional: Set a return key to control the input of return letters. 5. Optional: Set the uppercase letter function key as the return key.
大写字母键或标点符号键或数字键的兼容功能开关键 Compatible function keys for capital letter keys or punctuation keys or number keys
在数字键盘用数字对应输入字母时, 设一个非数字键做该兼容键, 而该键的单选或连选 分别对应上述三种功能的一种功能,即大写字母键或标点符号键或数字键的兼容功能开关键。 When the numeric keyboard is used to input letters by numbers, a non-numeric key is set as the compatible key, and the single or double selection of the key corresponds to one of the three functions mentioned above, namely the uppercase letter key or punctuation key or number The compatible function of the key is the key.
1、 可选的: 用 *键做兼容功能键。 2、 可选的: 用#键做兼容功能键。 3、 可选的: 由其 它非数字键做兼容功能键。 4、 可选的: 设一返回键来控制返回字母输入。 5、 可选的: 设兼 容功能键本身作为返回键。 6、较佳的: 设 *键单键作为大写字母键, 设 *键的双连键作为大写 字母键, *键同时做返回字母键, 0键的三连键以上键做标点符号键, #键做空格键。 1. Optional: Use the * key as a compatible function key. 2. Optional: Use the # key as a compatible function key. 3. Optional: Compatible function keys with other non-numeric keys. 4. Optional: Set a return key to control the input of return letters. 5. Optional: Set the compatible function key as the return key. 6. Better: Set the * key single key as the capital letter key, the * key double key as the capital letter key, the * key at the same time as the return letter key, and the triple key above 0 key as the punctuation key, # Key to do the spacebar.
英文智能输入系统装置 English intelligent input system device
包括 CPU, 用来査寻所输入的字母对应的高频单词; 包括显示器显示输入字母和高频单' 词; 包括键盘输入字母和功能键功能信息; 包括单词储存器用来储存单词, 单词按词典排列, 并且按频率排列; 包括单词临时储存器,用来保存临时输入的字母; 功能操作模块。如图 42。 Including CPU, used to search for high-frequency words corresponding to the entered letters; Including the display to display the input letters and high-frequency words; Including keyboard input letters and function key function information; Including the word memory for storing words, word by dictionary Arranged and arranged by frequency; Includes word temporary storage to store temporarily entered letters; Function operation module. See Figure 42.
英文智能输入系统装置方法 English intelligent input system device method
包括 CPU, 用来查寻所输入的字母对应的高频单词; 包括显示器显示输入字母和髙频单 词; 包括键盘输入字母和功能键功能信息; 包括单词储存器用来储存单词, 单词按词典排列, 并且按频率排列; 包括单词临时储存器, 用来保存临时输入的字母; 功能操作模块。 Including a CPU to search for high-frequency words corresponding to the entered letters; including a display to display input letters and audio words; including keyboard input letters and function key function information; including a word memory for storing words, words arranged in a dictionary, and Arrange by frequency; Include word temporary storage to save temporarily entered letters; Function operation module.
1、 首先接收输入信息。 2、 显示所输入字母和高频单词。 3、 通过 CPU检索。 4、 査找对 应单词。 5、 功能键操作选择字母或单词。 6、 显示所选择的单词或字母。 如图 43 1. Receive input information first. 2. The entered letters and high-frequency words are displayed. 3. Search by CPU. 4. Find the corresponding word. 5. Function keys to select letters or words. 6. The selected word or letter is displayed. Figure 43
虽然通过说明书和实施例描述了本发明,但本领域技术员可作出多种改进和变形而不超 出本发明的精神和范围, 此外, 本发明可以应用于和键盘输入及小键盘输入相关的各种设施 和相应方法, 在发明当是不必祥尽, 本领域技术人员完全可以实施。 因此, 所附的权利要求 应包括所有此类改进和变形。 Although the present invention is described through the description and the embodiments, those skilled in the art can make various improvements and modifications without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. In addition, the present invention can be applied to various types of keyboard input and keypad input. Facilities and corresponding methods do not need to be exhaustive when invented, and those skilled in the art can implement them. It is therefore intended that the appended claims include all such improvements and modifications.
键次键或复选键(键次键) 的实施方案 Implementation of the key or check key (key secondary)
如图 47 Figure 47
在键盘输入中特别是需要比较少的键位下, 也就是在小键盘输入时, 为了更好地提高输 入效率, 就必须减少击键次数, 而减少击键次数最好是一键一字, 或者是一键多字。 由于在 许多装置中使用小键盘, 而小键盘大多情况下需要在十个左右的键位上要求输入或者能够输 入或者设置输入 10以上或 20个或 30个以上的字母。为了实现小键盘输入,本发明设计一种 键次键装置, 该键次键设 A: —个输入装置, 输入装置即键盘, 键盘中包含多个按键。 设 B: 一个 CPU或设一个判断装置, 用来判断一个按键的按键次数。 设 C: 一个按键信息调用装置 和一个按键信息单元的储存装置。 设 D: 按键信息的调用装置用来调用根据按键的次数相对 应的储存装置中的相应输入信息或字符单元。 设 E: 按键信息单元的储存装置, 用来储存不 同键次键的次数所对应的信息或字符单元。设 F: —个显示器, 用来显示输入过程和 /或设 G: 一个按键信息调用装置和一个按键信息单元的储存装置。 设 H: 按键组合键装置, 根据组合 键单元来输入信息。设 I: 组合键信息的储存装置, 用来储存组合键所对应的字符或信息。在 以上装置中键次键如果为独立的单选键时, 贝键次键为单选键, 这时不需要键次键的次数判 断装置。 In keyboard input, especially when relatively few key positions are required, that is, in the case of keypad input, in order to improve the input efficiency, the number of keystrokes must be reduced, and the number of keystrokes is preferably one word per word. Or multiple words with one click. Since a keypad is used in many devices, the keypad usually requires input on about ten key positions or can input or set to input more than 10 or 20 or 30 letters. In order to implement keypad input, the present invention designs a key secondary key device. The key secondary key is provided with A: an input device, the input device is a keyboard, and the keyboard includes multiple keys. Setting B: A CPU or a judging device for judging the number of keystrokes of a key. Let C: a key information call device And a key information unit storage device. Let D: the call device for key information be used to call the corresponding input information or character unit in the storage device corresponding to the number of times of pressing the key. Let E: a storage device of the key information unit, which is used to store information or character units corresponding to the number of times of different keys. Let F: a display for displaying the input process and / or let G: a key information call device and a key information unit storage device. Let H: Press the key combination device to input information according to the key combination unit. Setting I: The storage device of the key combination information is used to store the characters or information corresponding to the key combination. In the above device, if the secondary key is an independent radio button, the secondary key is a radio button, and the device for determining the number of times of the secondary key is not required at this time.
(一)、 键次键的键次以字符的对应技术方案设计 (A), the key sequence of the key is designed by the corresponding technical scheme of the character
本发明的键次键的特征在于, 随着键次键击键次数的差异, 其相应的键次键输入的字符 信息或字母数量是不同的, 即不同的键次键的击键次数对应不同数量的输入字母。 The keystroke key of the present invention is characterized in that as the number of keystroke times is different, the character information or the number of letters input by the corresponding keystroke key is different, that is, the number of keystrokes of different keystroke keys corresponds to different Number of input letters.
可选的: 至少一个键次键的一次单元所对应的输入字母为一个字母 Optional: The input letter corresponding to the primary unit of at least one key is one letter
本发明的键次键的不同键次所对应的输入字母是不同的。 因此, 要合理的安排是较低次 的键次键输入相对较少的字母, 较高次键次键输入较多的字母。 The input letters corresponding to different key times of the key times of the present invention are different. Therefore, a reasonable arrangement is to input a relatively small number of letters with a lower key and a larger number of letters with a higher key.
可选的: 随着键次键的击键次数的增高, 储存单元所对应键次键的信息单元的信息字母 相应增加 Optional: As the number of keystrokes of the secondary key increases, the information letters of the information unit of the secondary key corresponding to the storage unit increase accordingly.
采用以上的方案是为了更加合理的安排键次键数量和字母输入数量的匹配,使得较少的 字母需要较少的击键次数, 较多的字母需要较多的击键次数, 总之是追求尽量一键一个字母 或更少或更少的击键次数输入更多的字母, 即输入效率更高。 The above solution is adopted in order to more reasonably arrange the number of keys and the number of letters to match, so that fewer letters require fewer keystrokes, and more letters require more keystrokes. Entering more letters with one letter per key or fewer or fewer keystrokes means more efficient typing.
可选的: 至少一个键的不同键次对应的字母数量不同, 或不同的键次键分别对应不同数 量的字母单元输入。 Optional: The number of letters corresponding to different key times of at least one key is different, or the keys of different key times respectively correspond to different numbers of letter unit inputs.
为了使键次键的击键次数和输入字母的数量安排更加合理, 固采用以上方式。 In order to make the arrangement of the number of keystrokes and the number of input letters more reasonable, the above method is adopted.
可选的: 至少一个键次键的 1次输入对应 1个或至少 1个字母。可选的: 至少一个键次 键的 2次输入对应 2个或至少 2个字母。 可选的: 至少一个键次键的 3次输入对应 3个或至 少 3个字母。 可选的: 至少一个键次键的 4次输入对应 4个或至少 4个字母。 可选的: 至少 一个键次键的 5次输入对应 5个或至少 5个字母。 可选的: 至少一个键次键的 6次输入对应 6个或至少 6个字母。 可选的: 至少一个键次键的 7次输入对应 7个或至少 7个字母。 可选 的- 至少一个键次键的 8次输入对应 8个或至少 8个字母。 可选的: 至少一个键次键的 9次 输入对应 9个或至少 9个字母。可选的:至少一个键次键的 10次输入对应 10个或至少 10个 字母。可选的:至少一个键次键的 10次输入对应 10个以上字母或至少 10个以上字母。可选 的: 键次键的输入键次和实际的输入字母单元的字母数量允许是不一致的, 即某个键次键的 某种输入键次可能对应的字母输入数量多于该键次数量或少于键次数量。 可选的: 键次键的 输入键次和实际的输入字母单元的字母数量允许是不一致的, 即某个键次键的某种输入键次 对应的字母输入数量多于该键次数量。 可选的: 至少一个键次键的 1次输入对应或得到 2个 或 2个以上的字母输入。 可选的: 至少一个键次键的 2次输入对应或得到 3个或 3个以上的 字母输入。 可选的: 至少一个键次键的 3次输入对应或得到 4个或 4个以上的字母输入。 可 选的: 至少一个键次键的 4次输入对应或得到 5个或 5个以上的字母输入。 可选的: 键次键 的输入键次和实际的输入字母单元的字母数量允许是不一致的, 即某个键次键的某种输入键 次对应的字母输入数量少于键次数量。 可选的: 至少一个键次键的 2次输入对应或得到 1个 字母输入。 可选的: 至少一个键次键的 3次输入对应或得到 2个或 2个以上的字母输入。 可 选的: 至少一个键次键的 4次输入对应或得到 3个或 3个以上的字母输入。 可选的: 至少一 个键次键的 5次输入对应或得到 4个或 4个以上的字母输入。 较佳的: 至少一个键次键的 1 次击键单元所对应的输入字母为 1个字母。 如上所述, 为了使输入效率提高, 键次键的多次 击键所对应的输入字母允许多于一个字母, 用来提高输入效率。 可选的: 至少一个键次键的 多次击键所对应的输入字母为多个字母, 即为多于一个字母。 较佳的: 其特征在于, 至少有 一个键次键的 2次连击对应输入 2个字母。 较佳的: 其特征在于, 至少包括以下特征之一- A、 至少有一个键次键的 3次连击对应 3个字母输入; B、至少有一个键次键的 4次连击对应 4个字母输入; C、 至少有一个键次键的 5次连击对应 5个字母输入; D、 至少有一个键次键 的 6次连击对应 6个字母输入; E、 至少有一个键次键的 7次连击对应 7个字母输入; F、 至 少有一个键次键的 8次连击对应 8个字母输入; G、 至少有一个键次键的 9次连击对应 9个 字母输入; H、 至少有一个键次键的 10次连击对应 10个字母输入; I、 至少有一个键次键的 11次连击对应 11个字母输入; J、 至少有一个键次键的 12次连击对应 12个字母输入 Optional: Each input of at least one key corresponds to one or at least one letter. Optional: 2 inputs of at least one key corresponds to 2 or at least 2 letters. Optional: 3 inputs of at least one key corresponds to 3 or at least 3 letters. Optional: 4 entries of at least one key corresponds to 4 or at least 4 letters. Optional: 5 entries of at least one key corresponds to 5 or at least 5 letters. Optional: 6 inputs of at least one key corresponds to 6 or at least 6 letters. Optional: 7 entries of at least one key corresponds to 7 or at least 7 letters. Optional-8 inputs for at least one key corresponds to 8 or at least 8 letters. Optional: 9 times of at least one key corresponds to 9 or at least 9 letters. Optional: 10 entries of at least one key corresponds to 10 or at least 10 letters. Optional: 10 entries of at least one key corresponds to more than 10 letters or at least 10 letters. Optional: The number of input times of the keystroke key and the actual number of input letter units may be inconsistent, that is, a certain keystroke of a certain keystroke key may correspond to more than the number of letters entered or Less than the number of keys. Optional: The number of input times of the keystroke key and the actual number of input letter units may be inconsistent, that is, the number of letters corresponding to a certain keystroke of a certain keystroke key is greater than the number of times of the keystroke. Optional: One input of at least one key corresponds to or gets 2 or more letters. Optional: The 2 inputs of at least one key correspond to or get 3 or more letters. Optional: At least one of the three times of the key corresponds to or gets 4 or more letters. Optional: 4 entries of at least one key corresponds to or gets 5 or more letter entries. Optional: The number of input times of the keystroke key and the actual number of input letter units may be inconsistent, that is, the number of letters entered for a certain keystroke of a certain keystroke key is less than the number of keystrokes. Optional: 2 inputs of at least one key corresponds to or gets 1 letter input. Optional: At least one input of the key 3 times corresponds to or gets 2 or more letters. Optional: 4 entries of at least one key corresponds to or gets 3 or more letter entries. Optional: At least one key 5 times of the key corresponds to or gets 4 or more letters. Preferably, the input letter corresponding to one keystroke unit of at least one keystroke is one letter. As described above, in order to improve the input efficiency, the input letter corresponding to the multiple keystrokes of the key-stroke key allows more than one letter to improve the input efficiency. Optional: The input letters corresponding to multiple keystrokes of at least one keystroke are multiple letters, that is, more than one letter. Preferably, it is characterized in that two consecutive hits with at least one key and two keys correspond to inputting two letters. Preferably: it is characterized by comprising at least one of the following features − A. 3 consecutive hits with at least one keystroke corresponds to 3 letter input; B. 4 consecutive hits with at least one keystroke corresponds to 4 letter input; C. 5 consecutive attempts with at least one keystroke Hits correspond to 5 letter inputs; D. 6 consecutive hits with at least one keystroke corresponds to 6 letter inputs; E. 7 consecutive hits with at least one keystroke corresponds to 7 letter inputs; F. at least one 8 consecutive keystrokes with 8 keystrokes correspond to 8 letter input; G. 9 consecutive keystrokes with at least one keystroke key correspond to 9 letter input; H. 10 consecutive keystrokes with at least one keystroke key correspond to 10 letters Enter; I. 11 consecutive hits with at least one keystroke corresponds to 11 letter input; J, 12 consecutive hits with at least one keystroke corresponds to 12 letter input
较佳的: 其特征在于: 包括以下特征之一: Preferably: It is characterized by including one of the following characteristics:
A、 至少一个键次键的 1次键为 A (或 a)或 E (或 e)或 1(或 i)或 0(或 o)或 U (或 u)。 B、 至少一个键次键的 2次键为 AN (或 an)或 EN (或 en)或 IN (或 in)或 ON (或 on)或 UN (或 un)。 C、 至少一个键次键的 3次键为 ANG (或 ang)或 ENG (或 eng)或 ING (或 ing)或 ONG (或 ong)或 U G (或 ung)。 D、 至少一个键次键的 2次键为 AR (或 ar)或 ER (或 er)或 IR (或 ir)或 OR (或 or) 或 UR (或 ur)。 E、 至少一个键次键的 3次键为 AND (或 and)或 END (或 end)或 IND (或 ind)或 0ND (或 ond)或 U D (或 und) A. The 1st key of at least one key is A (or a) or E (or e) or 1 (or i) or 0 (or o) or U (or u). B. The second key of at least one key is AN (or an) or EN (or en) or IN (or in) or ON (or on) or UN (or un). C. The third key of at least one key is ANG (or ang) or ENG (or eng) or ING (or ing) or ONG (or ong) or U G (or ung). D. The secondary key of at least one secondary key is AR (or ar) or ER (or er) or IR (or ir) or OR (or or) or UR (or ur). E. The 3rd key of at least one key is AND (or and) or END (or end) or IND (or ind) or 0ND (or ond) or U D (or und)
(二)、 递增键次键技术方案设计 (Two), the design scheme of the increment key secondary key technology
为了使输入效率提高, 并且使输入的效果更加合理, 键次键的输入设计是非常重要的。 本发明为了提高技术效果, 特别设计了一种递增输入技术。 In order to improve the input efficiency and make the input effect more reasonable, the key input design is very important. In order to improve the technical effect, the present invention specifically designs an incremental input technology.
可选的: 其特征在于, 至少一个键次键数量相对高的键所对应的字母单元中至少有一个 字母是该键低次键位数量所对应的字母单元中的字母 Optional: It is characterized in that at least one of the letter units corresponding to a key with a relatively high number of at least one key sequence is a letter in a letter unit corresponding to the low-order number of keys of the key
至少一个键次键的高键次对应的输入字母中至少有一个字母是该键次键的低键次输入 所对应的字母 At least one of the input letters corresponding to the high key times of at least one key is the low key times of the key corresponding to the letter
本发明设计方案主要是为了解决各国文字输入过程当中所遇到的一个普遍现象, 因为各 国文字当中除了由基础字母构成, 同时还有一些固定的字母组合使用频率非常广泛, 例如, AN (或 an)或 EN (或 en)或 IN (或 in)或 ON (或 on)或 UN (或 un), ANG (或 ang)或 ENG (或 eng) 或 ING (或 ing)或 ONG (或 ong)或 UNG (或 ung), AR (或 ar)或 ER (或 er)或 IR (或 ir)或 OR (或 or) 或 UR (或 ur), AND (或 and)或 END (或 end)或 IND (或 ind)或 OND (或 ond)或 UND (或 und)。 The design scheme of the present invention is mainly to solve a common phenomenon encountered in the process of inputting characters in various countries, because in addition to the basic letters in the characters of each country, there are also some fixed letter combinations that are used very widely, for example, AN (or an ) Or EN (or en) or IN (or in) or ON (or on) or UN (or un), ANG (or ang) or ENG (or eng) or ING (or ing) or ONG (or ong) or UNG (or ung), AR (or ar) or ER (or er) or IR (or ir) or OR (or or) or UR (or ur), AND (or and) or END (or end) or IND ( Or ind) or OND (or ond) or UND (or und).
而且,这些组合的特点是有可能一个多字母组合中的相对较少的字母组合或字母使用频 率也是很高的, 例如, ANG (或 ang)使用频率很高, AN (或 an)使用频率也非常高, A (或 a) 的使用频率则更髙。 Moreover, the characteristics of these combinations are that it is possible that a relatively small number of letters in a multi-letter combination or the frequency of letters are also very high. For example, ANG (or ang) is used very frequently, and AN (or an) is used frequently. Very high, A (or a) is used more often.
所以,本发明想设计一种利用键次键的键次累积和文字中的一个字母组合的不断递进的 关系来设计一种新的方案, 来实现递增键次键的技术方案。 Therefore, the present invention intends to design a new scheme by using the relationship between the accumulation of the key times of the key times and the continuous progress of a letter combination in the text to implement a technical solution of increasing the key times.
可选的: 其特征在于, 一个键次键数量相对高的键所对应的字母单元中至少有 1或 2或 3或 4或 5或 6或 7或 8或 9或 10或 11或 12或 13或 14或 15或 16或 17或 18或 19或 20 以上个字母是该键低次键位数量所对应的字母单元中的字母 Optional: It is characterized in that at least 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 or 9 or 10 or 11 or 12 or 13 correspond to a letter unit corresponding to a relatively high number of keys. Or 14 or 15 or 16 or 17 or 18 or 19 or 20 or more letters are the letters in the alphabetic unit corresponding to the number of lower-order keys of the key
较佳的: 其特征在于, 一个键次键的 2次键次键所输入的字母中的至少 1个字母和该键 次键 1次输入的字母是一致的。 Preferably, it is characterized in that at least one of the letters entered by the secondary key of one key and the secondary key of the key is the same as the letter entered by the primary key.
较佳的: 其特征在于, 一个键次键的 3次键次键所输入的字母中的至少 2个字母和该键 次键 2次输入的字母是一致的 Preferably: it is characterized in that at least 2 letters of the letters entered by the 3 times of one key and the letters entered by the 2 times of the key are consistent
较佳的: 其特征在于, 一个键次键的 3次键次键所输入的字母中的至少 1个字母和该键 次键 1次输入的字母是一致的 Preferably: it is characterized in that at least one of the letters entered by the three times of one key is consistent with the letters entered by the one time of the key
例如, 某键次键 1次键输入 A (a), 2次键输入 AN (an), 3次键输入 ANG (ang), 2 次键输入时包括 1次键输入的 A (a), 3次键输入时包括 2次键输入的 AN (an)和 1次键输 入的 A (a) For example, a certain key is entered A (a) once, AN (an) is entered twice, ANG (ang) is entered 3 times, and A (a) is entered once for 2 keys, 3 Secondary key input includes AN (an) for secondary key input and A (a) for primary key input
(三)、 为了实现在较小的键盘下合理的安排各种输入按键或键组, 结合以上的发明内 容又添加一种新的输入键, 即组合键。 (3) In order to realize a reasonable arrangement of various input keys or key groups under a smaller keyboard, a new input key, that is, a combination key is added in combination with the above invention content.
组合键是通过键盘中两个不同的键之间的组合输入来实现信息输入效果。 本发明装置包括: The key combination is to realize the information input effect through the combination input between two different keys in the keyboard. The device of the invention comprises:
一个键盘和键盘中的组合键。 其中有一个 CPU和判断装置来判断组合键的种类。 一个 储存装置, 用来储存组合键所对应的字符信息或字母。一个调用装置, 用来根据组合键的种 类来调用其所对应的储存装置中的信息或字母 A keyboard and key combinations in the keyboard. There is a CPU and a judging device to judge the type of the key combination. A storage device is used to store the character information or letters corresponding to the key combination. A calling device is used to call the information or letters in the corresponding storage device according to the type of the key combination
可选的: 其特征在于: 在本发明的键盘中包括至少一个组合键, 即由两个不同的键之间 的组合对应输入一个信息单元 Optional: It is characterized in that the keyboard of the present invention includes at least one key combination, that is, an information unit is correspondingly input by a combination between two different keys.
可选的: 其特征在于: 至少包括 2或 3或 4或 5或 6或 7或 8或 9或 10或 11或 12或 13或 14或 15或 16或 17或 18或 19或 20或 20个以上的组合键 Optional: It is characterized by: at least 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 or 9 or 10 or 11 or 12 or 13 or 14 or 15 or 16 or 17 or 18 or 19 or 20 or 20 The above key combination
较佳的: 其特征在于, 包括 5个构成组合键的键单元, 该 5个键单元之间的任意两键的 组合输入对应一个或多个字母或字符信息。 Preferably: it is characterized by comprising 5 key units constituting a combination key, and the combination input of any two keys between the 5 key units corresponds to one or more letters or character information.
(四)、 组合键和键次键的配合方案 (Four), the combination of key combinations and key combinations
本发明提出了两种技术装置和方法,用来输入字母信息或字符信息,其中一种是键次键, 另外一种是组合键, 两者之间的配合将会较有效的提高输入方法。 The present invention proposes two technical devices and methods for inputting letter information or character information, one of which is a key sequence key and the other is a combination key. The cooperation between the two will effectively improve the input method.
可选的: 其特征在于: 包括至少一个组合键和至少一个键次键 Optional: It is characterized by: including at least one combination key and at least one key secondary key
可选的: 其特征在于: 至少一个组合键用来输入辅音字母或声母或汉字声母 可选的: 其特征在于: 至少一个键次键用来输入元音字母或韵母或汉字韵母 较佳的: 其特征在于: 至少一个键次键的 1次键或 2次键或 3次键用来输入元音字母或 韵母或汉字韵母 Optional: It is characterized by: At least one key combination is used to input consonants or initials or Chinese initials. Optional: It is characterized by: At least one key is used to input vowels or finals or Chinese finals. Preferably: It is characterized in that: at least one key of the primary key, the secondary key, or the secondary key is used to input a vowel letter or a final or a Chinese final
(五)、 本发明适用的文种和键盘 (5) Languages and keyboards applicable to the present invention
本发明适用于各种文字或用字母能代表的文字。 The invention is applicable to various characters or characters represented by letters.
可选的:适用于罗马文字及其输入键盘或拉丁字母文字及其输入键盘或西里尔字母文字 及其输入键盘 Optional: suitable for Roman script and its input keyboard or Latin alphabet text and its input keyboard or Cyrillic alphabet text and its input keyboard
较佳的: 适用于中文拼音输入及其输入键盘 Better: Suitable for Chinese pinyin input and its input keyboard
较佳的: 适用于英文字母输入及其输入键盘 Better: Suitable for English alphabet input and its input keyboard
较佳的: 适用于日文罗马拼音输入及其输入键盘 Better: Suitable for Japanese Roman alphabet input and its input keyboard
较佳的:适用于德文或法文或意大利文或西班牙文或葡萄牙文或荷兰文或比利时文等各 种文字或其它各种文字输入及其输入键盘 Better: suitable for German or French or Italian or Spanish or Portuguese or Dutch or Belgian or other various text input and its input keyboard
(六)、 本发明的方案可用于数字键盘中的字母输入或者数字字母的混合键盘 可选的: 数字键盘的数字键包括 1、 2、 3、 4、 5、 6、 7、 8、 9、 0 (6) The solution of the present invention may be used for inputting letters in a numeric keyboard or a mixed keyboard of numeric letters. The numeric keys of the numeric keyboard include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0
可选的: 用其中的 1或 2或 3或 4或 5或 6或 7或 8或 9或 10做组合键 Optional: Use 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 or 9 or 10 as the key combination
可选的: 用其中的 1或 2或 3或 4或 5或 6或 7或 8或 9或 10做键次键 Optional: Use 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 or 9 or 10 as keys
可选的: 用其中的 5个键做组合键 Optional: Use 5 of them as key combinations
可选的: 用其中的 5个键做键次键 Optional: Use 5 of them as key secondary keys
较佳的: 用其中的 5个键做组合键, 用另外的 5个键做键次键 Better: use 5 of them as key combinations and 5 of them as secondary keys
更佳的: 至少 1个或 2个或 3个或 4个或 5个组合键用来输入辅音字母 Better: at least 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 key combinations for entering consonants
更佳的:至少 1个或 2个或 3个或 4个或 5个键次键用来输入元音字母或由元音字母开 头的组合字母, 其中至少一个键次键的 1次键用来输入组合字母中的元音字母 More preferably: at least 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 keys are used to input vowels or a combination of letters beginning with a vowel, and at least one key of the key is used to Enter vowels in combination letters
更佳的: 数字键 1、 2、 3、 4、 5键分别对应输入组合键, 数字键 6、 7、 8、 9、 0键分别 对应输入键次键 Better: Number keys 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 correspond to the input combination keys, and number keys 6, 7, 8, 9, and 0 correspond to the input key secondary keys, respectively.
最佳的: 组合键分别输入对应 1BCDFG、 2HJKLM、 3 PQRS、 4TVWXY、 5Z 最佳的: 键次键分别输入对应 6ANG、 7ENG、 8ING、 90NG、 OUNG The best: key combination input corresponding to 1BCDFG, 2HJKLM, 3 PQRS, 4TVWXY, 5Z the best: key input respectively corresponding to 6ANG, 7ENG, 8ING, 90NG, OUNG
最佳的: 中文拼音输入键盘组合键分别对应 Best: Chinese Pinyin input keyboard combination keys corresponding
1DBCFH、 2GKXMN、 3JPQRS、 4LTVWZ、 5YCHSHZHTH 1DBCFH, 2GKXMN, 3JPQRS, 4LTVWZ, 5YCHSHZHTH
最佳的: 中文拼音输入键盘键次键分别对应 Best: Chinese Pinyin input keyboard keys corresponding to secondary keys respectively
6A G、 7ENG、 8ING、 90NG、 OUNG 最佳的: 罗马字母或拉丁字母输入键盘组合键分别对应 6A G, 7ENG, 8ING, 90NG, OUNG Best: Roman keyboard or Latin keyboard
1HBCDF、 2NGJKL、 3RMPQV、 4XWXYZ、 5T 1HBCDF, 2NGJKL, 3RMPQV, 4XWXYZ, 5T
最佳的: 罗马字母或拉丁字母输入键盘键次键分别对应 Best: Roman or Latin alphabet input keyboard keys corresponding to secondary keys respectively
6A G、 7ENG、 8ING、 90NG、 OUNG 6A G, 7ENG, 8ING, 90NG, OUNG
最佳的: 罗马字母或拉丁字母输入键盘组合键分别对应 Best: Roman keyboard or Latin keyboard
1HBCDF、 2NGJKL、 3RMPQV> 4XWXYZ、 5TCHSHZHTH 1HBCDF, 2NGJKL, 3RMPQV> 4XWXYZ, 5TCHSHZHTH
最佳的: 罗马字母或拉丁字母输入键盘键次键分别对应 Best: Roman or Latin alphabet input keyboard keys corresponding to secondary keys respectively
6A G、 7ENG、, 8ING、 90NG、 OUNG 6A G, 7ENG, 8ING, 90NG, OUNG
(七)、 双键盘技术 (Seven), dual keyboard technology
由于现在的小键盘或手机的设计已经有了习惯的设计, 或者在很多情况下, 大家都需要 一种完全符合字母顺序的键盘, 但同时又为了提高效率又需要一种含有本发明技术方案的键 盘, 所以本发明提出一种双键盘技术。 Because the design of the current small keyboard or mobile phone has already been used to design, or in many cases, everyone needs a keyboard that completely conforms to the alphabetical order, but at the same time, in order to improve efficiency, it also needs a keyboard containing the technical solution of the present invention. Keyboard, so the present invention proposes a dual keyboard technology.
可选的: 在包括本发明组合键的键盘上或键位上还包括按 A、 B、 C、 D、 E、 D、 G、 H、 I、 J、 K、 L、 M、 N、 0、 P、 Q、 R、 S、 T、 U、 V、 W、 X、 Y、 Z顺序的另外的键盘 Optional: On a keyboard or key position including a combination key of the present invention, pressing A, B, C, D, E, D, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, 0, Additional keyboards in order of P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z
可选的: 在包括本发明键次键的键盘上或键位上还包括按 A、 B、 C、 D、 E、 D、 G、 H、 I、 J、 K、 L、 M、 N、 0、 P Q、 R、 S、 T、 U、 V、 W、 X、 Y、 Z顺序的另外的键盘 Optional: On a keyboard or key position that includes the secondary key of the present invention, pressing A, B, C, D, E, D, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, 0 , PQ, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z additional keyboards
最佳的:组合键分别输入对应 1BCDFG、 2HJKLM和 ABC、 3NPQRS和 DEF、 4TVWXY 和 GHI、 5Z和 JKL Best: key combination for 1BCDFG, 2HJKLM and ABC, 3NPQRS and DEF, 4TVWXY and GHI, 5Z and JKL
最佳的: 键次键分别输入对应 6ANG和 MNO、 7ENG和 PQRS、 8ING和 TUV、 90NG 和 WXYZ、 OUNG The best: key time key input corresponding to 6ANG and MNO, 7ENG and PQRS, 8ING and TUV, 90NG and WXYZ, OUNG
最佳的: 中文拼音输入键盘组合键分别对应 Best: Chinese Pinyin input keyboard combination keys corresponding
1DBCFH、 2GKXMN和 ABC、 3JPQRS和 DEF、 4LTVWZ和 GHI、 5YCHSHZHTH和 1DBCFH, 2GKXMN and ABC, 3JPQRS and DEF, 4LTVWZ and GHI, 5YCHSHZHTH and
JKL JKL
最佳的: 中文拼音输入键盘键次键分别对应 Best: Chinese Pinyin input keyboard keys corresponding to secondary keys respectively
6A G和 MNO、 7ENG和 PQRS、 8ING和 TUV、 90NG和 WXYZ、 OUNG 最佳的: 罗马字母或拉丁字母输入键盘组合键分别对应 6A G and MNO, 7ENG and PQRS, 8ING and TUV, 90NG and WXYZ, OUNG Best: Roman alphabet or Latin alphabet input keyboard combination keys corresponding respectively
1HBCDF、 2NGJKL和 ABC、 3RMPQV和 DEF、 4XWXYZ和 GHI、 5T和 JKL 最佳的: 罗马字母或拉丁字母输入键盘键次键分别对应 1HBCDF, 2NGJKL and ABC, 3RMPQV and DEF, 4XWXYZ and GHI, 5T and JKL Best: Roman alphabet or Latin alphabet input keyboard keys corresponding to secondary keys respectively
6A G和 MNO、 7ENG和 PQRS、 8ING和 TUV、 90NG和 WXYZ、 OUNG 最佳的: 罗马字母或拉丁字母输入键盘组合键分别对应 6A G and MNO, 7ENG and PQRS, 8ING and TUV, 90NG and WXYZ, OUNG Best: Roman alphabet or Latin alphabet input keyboard combination keys corresponding respectively
1HBCDF、 2NGJKL和 ABC、 3RMPQV和 DEF、 4XWXYZ和 GHI、 5TCHSHZHTH和 1HBCDF, 2NGJKL and ABC, 3RMPQV and DEF, 4XWXYZ and GHI, 5TCHSHZHTH and
J L J L
最佳的: 罗马字母或拉丁字母输入键盘键次键分别对应 Best: Roman or Latin alphabet input keyboard keys corresponding to secondary keys respectively
6ANG和 MNO、 7ENG和 PQRS、 8ING和 TUV、 90NG和 WXYZ、 OUNG 双排键的技术在于: The technologies of 6ANG and MNO, 7ENG and PQRS, 8ING and TUV, 90NG and WXYZ, OUNG double row keys are:
可选的: 在至少一个数字键上安排组合键, 同时还安排按字母顺序排列的一个单元的多 字母键 Optional: Arrange key combinations on at least one of the number keys, and also arrange a multi-letter key of a unit in alphabetical order
可选的: 在至少一个数字键上安排键次键, 同时还安排按字母顺序排列的一个单元的多 字母键 Optional: Arrange the key secondary keys on at least one number key, and also arrange the multi-letter keys of a unit in alphabetical order
较佳的: 在一个键盘中的部分数字键上安排组合键, 同时还分别安排按字母顺序排列的 一个单元的多字母键 Better: Arrange key combinations on some of the number keys in a keyboard, and also arrange a multi-letter key of a unit in alphabetical order
较佳的: 在一个键盘中的部分数字键上安排键次键, 同时还分别安排按字母顺序排列的 一个单元的多字母键 Better: Arrange the sub-keys on some of the number keys in a keyboard, and also arrange the multi-letter keys of a unit in alphabetical order respectively
(八)、 一种小键盘或数字键盘输入的快速显示方案 (Eight), a quick display scheme for keypad or numeric keyboard input
其特征在于- 双屏显示 It is characterized by- Dual screen display
A、 其中一屏为快速输入; B、 另外一屏为非快屏 A. One screen is fast input; B. The other screen is non-fast screen
"~ 1禾中小键盘, 其特征在于 · "~ 1 He medium and small keyboard, characterized by ·
A、 显示时声母第一个字母排列按字母顺序拼音输入排列; B、 韵母排列允许不按 26个 字母顺序。 A. The first alphabetical arrangement of the initials is displayed according to the alphabetical pinyin input. B. The final arrangement is not allowed to follow the 26 alphabetical order.
(九)、 实施例 (Nine), Examples
可选的: 本发明适用于各种小键盘或带数字的字母键盘 Optional: The invention is applicable to various small keyboards or alphabetic keyboards with numbers
可选的: 本发明的设计方案适用于各种小键盘或数字键盘的装置和利用该键盘的装置, 例如, 适用于包括各种带 CPU的装置或能连接 CPU的装置 Optional: The design scheme of the present invention is applicable to devices of various small keyboards or numeric keyboards and devices using the keyboard, for example, applicable to devices including various CPUs or devices capable of being connected to the CPU
还例如, 适用于包括各种带显示器的或能连接显示器的装置 Also for example, suitable for including various devices with or capable of connecting to a display
还例如, 适用于包括各种手机或手持电话或固定电话或微型电脑或翻译机或电脑词典 本发明系统的一个实施方法实施例说明: For another example, it is applicable to include various mobile phones or handheld phones or fixed phones or microcomputers or translators or computer dictionaries.
如图 48 Figure 48
1、 首先由装置判断是否输入按键; 2、判断是输入的何种状态(本发明快捷输入或双排 键的 abc方式); 3、 判断输入是单选键或组合键或复选键; 4、 调出储存器中对应字符; 5、 显示输入字符本身和 /或其所对应的高频词组或单字。 1. First, the device determines whether the key is entered; 2. Determines the state of the input (the abc mode of the fast input or double-row key of the present invention); 3. Determines whether the input is a radio button or a combination key or a check key; 4 Recall the corresponding characters in the memory; 5. Display the input characters themselves and / or their corresponding high-frequency phrases or words.
高频单字或单词 High frequency words or words
在小键盘输入时,为了提高效率,在得到字母输入同时可以进行高频单字或单词的提示, 这样可以加快输入速度。当输入某字符时,屏幕显示该字符和该字符所对应的最高频的单词, 则便于快速输入。 When inputting from the keypad, in order to improve the efficiency, high-frequency single-word or word prompts can be given at the same time as letter input, which can speed up the input speed. When a character is input, the screen displays the character and the highest frequency word corresponding to the character, which is convenient for fast input.
可选的: 当输入字符时, 从第 1或第 2或第 3或第 4或第 5或第 6或第 7或第 8或第 9 或第 10或以上字符输入时。同时显示以该字符打头的最高频的至少 1个或 2个或 3个或 4个 或 5个或 6个或 7个或 8个单词单字或词组。 Optional: When entering characters, from the 1st or 2nd or 3rd or 4th or 5th or 6th or 7th or 8th or 9th or 10th or more characters. Simultaneously display at least 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 word words or phrases beginning with the highest frequency of the character.
较佳的: 从第 1个字符输入开始, 显示 1个高频单词, 用 *号键或 #号键或 OK键选择字 符或高频单词 Better: From the first character input, display a high frequency word, use * key or # key or OK key to select the character or high frequency word
组合键的半单选键或组合键的代表字母键的选用 The choice of a semi-radio key combination key or a combination of letter keys
由于组合键的半单选键或代表字母键可以一键输入,它们在单选键或复选键或键次键前 使用时可以提高效率, 一键输入。 因此, 什么键为这类键是非常重要的。 Because the semi-radio key or the alphabetic key of the combination key can be input by one key, they can improve the efficiency when used before the radio button or the check key or the secondary key. The one-key input. Therefore, what kind of key is very important.
本发明指出, 应该用一些高频字母键担任, 而在本发明中也提出了一些实施例和范围, 在发明书内容和键盘图表中的组合键半单选键或代表字母键的实例都可作为本发明的备选方 案。 The present invention indicates that some high-frequency letter keys should be used, and some embodiments and ranges are also proposed in the present invention. Examples of combination keys, semi-radio keys, or alphabetic keys in the content of the invention and keyboard diagrams can be used. As an alternative to the invention.
而本发明图 1或图 2或图 3或图 4或图 5或图 6或图 7或图 8或图 9或图 10或图 11或 图 12或图 13或图 14或图 15或图 16或图 17或图 18或图 19或图 20或图 21或图 22或图 23或图 24或图 25或图 26或图 27或图 28或图 29或图 30或图 31或图 32或图 33或图 34 或图 35或图 36或图 37或图 38或图 39或图 40或图 41中的每一个组合键的代表字母键都可 以作为实施方案的至少一个备选方案。 在这些备选的组合键代表键(半单选键)不一定全部 作为备选键, 但其中至少应有一个作为备选单元键。 所以, 在本发明的权利要求中也将会允 许包括这些内容, 固在每一个上述实例或发明书中或键盘图表中所例举的组合键的代表字母 键或半单选字母键均作为可选方案中的方案之一, 即取本发明任何一幅图表或任何一个说明 书文件中的实施例中的组合键或半单选键的至少 1或 2或 3或 4或 5或 6或 7或 8或 9或 10 或更多, 均作为本发明的实施方案之一。 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 or 9 or 10 or 11 or 12 or 13 or 14 or 15 or 16 of the present invention 17 or 18 or 19 or 20 or 21 or 22 or 23 or 24 or 25 or 26 or 27 or 28 or 29 or 30 or 31 or 32 or 32 Each of the key combinations of 33 or FIG. 34 or FIG. 35 or FIG. 36 or FIG. 37 or FIG. 37 or FIG. 39 or FIG. 40 or FIG. 41 may represent at least one alternative of the embodiment. In these alternative combination keys, the representative keys (semi-radio keys) are not necessarily all the alternative keys, but at least one of them should be the alternative unit key. Therefore, these claims will also be allowed to be included in the claims of the present invention, and the alphabetic keys or semi-radio alphabetic keys of the combination keys exemplified in each of the above-mentioned examples or invention books or keyboard diagrams are all acceptable as One of the options, that is, at least 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 or the combination key or semi-radio key in the embodiment of any chart or any specification document of the present invention 8 or 9 or 10 or more, as one of the embodiments of the present invention.
较好的: h、 n、 r、 t、 s键中的至少 1或 2或 3或' 4或 5键为半单选键和 /或组合键代表 字母键 Better: at least 1 or 2 or 3 or '4 or 5 of the h, n, r, t, and s keys are semi-radio keys and / or the combination keys represent letter keys
较好的: d、 g、 j、 1、 y键中的至少 1或 2或 3或 4或 5键为半单选键和 /或组合键代表 字母键 较好的: h、 n、 r、 t、 s、 d、 1键中的至少 1或 2或 3或 4或 5键为半单选键和 /或组合 衝弋 母键 Preferably: at least 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 of the d, g, j, 1, and y keys are semi-radio keys and / or the combination keys represent letter keys Preferably: at least 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 of the h, n, r, t, s, d, and 1 keys are semi-radio keys and / or combined punch parent keys
较好的: b、 h、 n、 t、 z键中的至少 1或 2或 3或 4或 5键为半单选键和 /或组合键代表 字母键 Better: at least 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 of the b, h, n, t, and z keys are semi-radio keys and / or key combinations represent letter keys
一种小键盘补充方案 A supplementary solution for a small keyboard
在利用以上其它发明内容的同时补充新的小键盘方案, 以便于使用者记忆识别 利用小键盘输入文字: A new keypad solution is added while using the other inventions above, so that the user can remember and use the keypad to enter text:
1、 可选的: 利用小键盘输入汉语。 2、 可选的: 利用小键盘输入汉语拼音。 3、 可选的: 利用小键盘输入英文 . 4、 可选的: 利用小键盘输入法和 /或德和 /或意和 /或日和 /或西班牙和 / 或葡萄牙和 /或荷兰和 /或比利什和 /或西利尔和 /或其它文字字母。 1. Optional: Enter Chinese using the keypad. 2. Optional: Use the small keyboard to input Chinese pinyin. 3. Optional: Use the keypad to enter English. 4. Optional: Use the keypad to input methods and / or German and / or Italian and / or Japanese and / or Spanish and / or Portuguese and / or Dutch and / or Bilish and / or Cyrillic and / or other script letters.
元音键和辅音字母键的排列如下: The arrangement of vowel and consonant keys is as follows:
在小键盘上或数字键盘上的部分键上集中的分配辅音字母 Assign consonants collectively on the keypad or some keys on the numeric keypad
1、 可选的: 辅音字母为 b、 c、 d、 f、 g、 h、 j、 k、 1、 m、 n、 p、 q、 r、 s、 t、 v、 w、 x、 y、 z ^ B> C、 D、 F、 G、 H、 J、 K、 L、 M、 N、 P、 Q、 R、 S、 T、 V、 W、 X、 Y、 Z 大小写字母都可以安排, 以下只用小写字母作为说明, 但做大写字母也可以做本发明方 辅音字母排列顺序应按照各文种字母的排列顺序排列, 其中排除元音字母, 但排除之后 辅音字母的先后顺序保留。 1. Optional: Consonants are b, c, d, f, g, h, j, k, 1, m, n, p, q, r, s, t, v, w, x, y, z ^ B> C, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, M, N, P, Q, R, S, T, V, W, X, Y, Z uppercase and lowercase letters can be arranged, the following Only lowercase letters are used for explanation, but uppercase letters can also be used. The arrangement order of the consonant letters in the present invention should be arranged according to the order of the letters of each language. The vowel letters are excluded, but the order of the consonant letters after the exclusion is retained.
1、 可选的: 从英文字母中排列结果如上, 但其中去除了 a、 e、 o、 u。 1. Optional: Arrange the results from the English letters as above, but remove a, e, o, u.
2、 可选的: 其它文字也参照上述规律。 2. Optional: Refer to the above rules for other texts.
每个键安排字母可以变化, 例如可以安排如下的字母: Each key arrangement letter can be changed, for example, the following letters can be arranged:
1、 可选的: 2个字母; 2、 可选的: 3个字母; 3、 可选的: 4个字母; 4、 可选的: 5个 字母; 5、 可选的: 6个字母; 6、 可选的: 7个字母; 7、 可选的: 8个字母; 8、 可选的: 9 个字母; 9、 可选的: 或可安排 10个或 11个或 12个或 13个或 14个或 15个或 16个或 17 个或更多字母 1. Optional: 2 letters; 2. Optional: 3 letters; 3. Optional: 4 letters; 4. Optional: 5 letters; 5. Optional: 6 letters; 6. Optional: 7 letters; 7. Optional: 8 letters; 8. Optional: 9 letters; 9. Optional: Or you can arrange 10 or 11 or 12 or 13 Or 14 or 15 or 16 or 17 or more letters
当每个键安排的字母为不同的键位时会有如下的排列对应结果 When the letters of each key are arranged in different positions, the corresponding results are as follows:
1、 可选的: 每键安排 5个字母, 有结果: 1. Optional: Arrange 5 letters per key, with results:
b、 c、 d、 f、 g h、 j、 k、 1、 m ii、 p 、 q、 r、 s t、 v、 w、 X、 y b, c, d, f, g h, j, k, 1, m ii, p, q, r, s t, v, w, X, y
2、 可选的: 每键安排 6个字母, 有结果- b、 c、 d、 f、 g、 h j、 k、 IN m、 n、 p q、 r、 s、 t、 v、 w x、 y、 z 2. Optional: Arrange 6 letters per key with results-b, c, d, f, g, hj, k, IN m, n, pq, r, s, t, v, wx, y, z
3、 可选的: 每键安排 4个字母, 有结果: 3. Optional: Arrange 4 letters per key, with results:
b、 c、 d、 f g、 h、 j、 k 1、 m、 n、 p q、 r、 s、 t v、 w、 X、 y b, c, d, f g, h, j, k 1, m, n, p q, r, s, t v, w, X, y
4、 可选的: 每键安排 3个字母, 有结果: 4. Optional: Arrange 3 letters per key, with results:
b、 c、 d f、 g、 h j、 k、 1 m、 n、 p q、 r、 s t、 v、 w X、 y、 其中: 最佳方案是安排 5个字母 b, c, d f, g, h j, k, 1 m, n, p q, r, s t, v, w X, y, where: The best solution is to arrange 5 letters
辅音字母可以安排在小键盘上的键位上 Consonants can be arranged on the keys on the keypad
可选的: 安排在小键盘的数字键上 Optional: Arranged on the number keys of the keypad
在安排小键盘数字键的时候可以任意安排 Arbitrarily arrange when arranging the numeric keys of the keypad
1、 可选的: 排顺序安排。 2、 可选的: 不排顺序安排。 1. Optional: arrange in sequence. 2. Optional: Not arranged in sequence.
在安排小键盘时可以和数字顺序一致, 即字母顺序和数字顺序一致, 在字母排列当中相 对较前的字母组排在数字靠前的键位上, 相对较后的字母组排在数字靠后的键位上。 When arranging the keypad, it can be consistent with the numerical order, that is, the alphabetical order and the numerical order are the same. In the alphabetical arrangement, the relatively earlier alphabetic group is arranged on the key of the number first, and the relatively later alphabetic group is arranged after the number. Key position.
辅音字母安排可以从数字键的任何一个数字开始, 然后依次安排。 The consonant alphabet arrangement can start from any number of the number keys, and then arrange them one by one.
1、可选的: 从 1键或 2键或 3键或 4键或 5键或 6键或 7键或 8键或 9键或 10键开始 安排 1. Optional: start with 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 or 9 or 10 keys
2、 较佳的: 可以从第 1键开始安排, 例如: l- b、 c、 d、 f、 g; 2-h、 j、 k、 1、 m; 3-n、 p、 q、 r、 s; 4-t、 v、 w、 x、 y; 5-z 3、 较佳的: 可以从第 6键开始安排, 例如: 2. Better: It can be arranged from the first key, for example: l- b, c, d, f, g; 2-h, j, k, 1, m; 3-n, p, q, r, s; 4-t, v, w, x, y; 5- z 3. Better: It can be arranged from the 6th key, for example:
6- b、 c、 d、 f、 g; 7-h、 j、 k、 1、 m; 8-n、 p、 q、 r、 s; 9-t、 v、 w、 x、 y; 0-z 组合键输入显示 6- b, c, d, f, g; 7-h, j, k, 1, m; 8-n, p, q, r, s; 9-t, v, w, x, y; 0- z Key combination input display
输入方法: 通过键盘上输入字母或拼音。或还可通过屏幕显示字母或字母输入结果所对 应的文字单元, 包括单字、 词组、 拼音、 汉字、 汉字词组等。 或还可以继续显示其它根据输 入字母所得到的文字内容。 Input method: Enter letters or pinyin on the keyboard. Or the corresponding text unit of the letter or input result can be displayed on the screen, including single words, phrases, pinyin, Chinese characters, Chinese character phrases, etc. Or you can continue to display other text content based on the entered letters.
系统设置: System settings:
在输入过程当中系统会根据输入的代码来从系统中调査其所对应的文字单元,在系统中 会存在一个文字单元库来储存文字单元和其所对应的代码, 当输入代码时系统会査寻代码所 对应的文字单元调出或者显示 During the input process, the system will investigate the corresponding text unit from the system according to the input code. There will be a text unit library in the system to store the text unit and its corresponding code. When the code is entered, the system will check Call up or display the text unit corresponding to the search code
系统构成一个总装置。 The system constitutes a master unit.
并且还包括: It also includes:
1、 显示装置。 2、 输入装置。 3、 代码储存装置。 4、 文字单元储存装置。 5、 查寻装置 或 CPU装置 1. Display device. 2. Input device. 3. Code storage device. 4. Text unit storage device. 5.Search device or CPU device
当组合键输入辅音字母时, 组合键为多键输入, 但如果有部分非组合键和组合键构成一 个系统时, 组合键和非组合键连接输入时就会产生单选键, 即组合键用 1键输入也可以, 在 这种情况下有些字母键 1键就可完成输入, 在这时用哪个字母作为这个 1键即可输入的单选 键将会有非常重要的意义 When a combination key is used to input a consonant letter, the combination key is a multi-key input. However, if some non-combination keys and combination keys form a system, the combination keys and non-combination keys are connected to input a radio button, that is, the combination key is used for 1-key input is also possible. In this case, some letter keys can complete the input by 1 key. At this time, which letter is used as the 1-key radio button to enter will have very important meaning.
如果它们是使用频率很高的字母将会大大提高输入效率 If they are letters that are used frequently, they will greatly improve input efficiency
但是, 按照以上发明所提出的顺序排列字母方案, 虽然它们便于记忆, 但是有可能使频 率很高的字母排的位置靠后, 所以, 频率很低的字母也许很前, 在这种情况下就不能保证最 高频的字母在第一位, 所以在显示的时候如果只是把第一个字母优秀显示, 或者选择单选键 的时候把第一个字母作为单选键就有可能失去了高频先输入的效果, 也可能失去了高频少键 输入的效果, 所以, 为了保证这样的输入效果就会对单选键特殊的设计 However, according to the sequence arrangement of the alphabet proposed in the above invention, although they are easy to remember, it is possible to place the alphabetical row with a high frequency behind, so the alphabetic letter with a low frequency may be in front. In this case, There is no guarantee that the highest frequency letter is first, so if only the first letter is displayed well when displayed, or the first letter is selected as a radio button when the radio button is selected, the high frequency may be lost first. Effect may also lose the effect of high-frequency less-key input, so in order to ensure such an input effect, a special design of the radio button
1、 可选的: 单选键为排列在最前的字母。 2、 较佳的: 单选键为非排列在最前的字母。 3、更佳的: 单选键有可能在最前, 也允许不在最前, 即按照其频率而不在乎单选键所排的位 置, 频率最高的即为单选键, 频率较低的即不为单选键 1. Optional: The radio button is the first letter. 2. Better: The radio buttons are not the first letters. 3. Better: The radio buttons may be at the front or not at the top, that is, according to their frequency and don't care about the position of the radio buttons. The radio button with the highest frequency is not the radio button. Key selection
单选键的提示: Tips for radio buttons:
当单选键为最高频率字母时可以进行提示, 提示的方式可进行选择: When the radio button is the letter with the highest frequency, you can be prompted, and the way of prompting can be selected:
1、 可选的: 单选键在键盘上标识, 即在键盘上注明单选键的字母或位置 1. Optional: The radio button is identified on the keyboard, that is, the letter or position of the radio button is indicated on the keyboard.
2、 可选的: 单选键在系统中固定处理, 在显示时优秀显示 2. Optional: The radio button is fixed in the system and is excellently displayed when displayed.
单选键实施例: Radio Button Example:
1、 可选的: 英文 1. Optional: English
其中: d或 h或 r或 t分别为单选键 Where: d or h or r or t are radio buttons respectively
b、 c、 d、 f、 g > j\ k、 1、 m n、 p、 q、 s t、 v、 w、 x、 y z b, c, d, f, g> j \ k, 1, m n, p, q, s t, v, w, x, y z
2、 可 的: 中文 ― 2. Available: Chinese ―
其中: d或 j或 q或 或2分别为单选键 Where: d or j or q or or 2 are radio buttons respectively
b、 c、 d、 f、 g h、 i k、 1、 m n、 p、 £、 r、 s t、 v、 w> x> y z 单选键 以在键中的字母的四周任何一个方向注明, 例如在字母下注明, 也可以在字 本身注明, 例如用大写或小写来区分: b, c, d, f, gh, ik, 1, mn, p, £, r, st, v, w> x> yz radio buttons are noted in any direction around the letter in the key, for example in Note under the letter, or the word itself, for example, use uppercase or lowercase to distinguish:
-例如: 用大写字母作为单选键 -For example: use capital letters as radio buttons
1、 可选的: 英文 1. Optional: English
其中: d或 h或 r或 t分别为单选键 Where: d or h or r or t are radio buttons respectively
b、 c、 Π、 f、 g H、 k、 1、 m n、 p、 q、 R> s Ί V、 w、 x、 y z 2、 可选的: 中文 b, c, Π, f, g H, k, 1, mn, p, q, R> s Ί V, w, x, yz 2. Optional: Chinese
其中: d或 j或 q或 或2分别为单选键 Where: d or j or q or or 2 are radio buttons respectively
b、 c、 D> f、 g h、 J、 k、 1、 m n、 p、 Q> r、 s t、 v、 w、 x、 Y Z 以上标注还可以采用颜 b, c, D> f, g h, J, k, 1, m n, p, Q> r, s t, v, w, x, Y Z
可选的: 对单选键和非单选键用颜色区分 Optional: Use color to distinguish radio buttons from non-radio buttons
例如: 单选键和非单选键用白黄区分, 当然也可以用其它的颜色区分, 只要单选键和非 单选键用不同的颜色即可 For example: Radio buttons and non-radio buttons are distinguished by white and yellow. Of course, they can also be distinguished by other colors, as long as radio buttons and non-radio buttons are different colors.
多文种单选键混合标注: Multilingual radio button mixed labeling:
由于现在的键盘输入, 特别是小键盘输入很少有单文种的, 例如会有中-英文或日 -英文 或俄 -英文或德一英文或法-英文等等 Due to the current keyboard input, especially the small keyboard input, there is rarely a single language, such as Chinese-English or Japanese-English or Russian-English or German-English or French-English, etc.
可以在键盘上对两种文字的进行单选键的注明, 即字母当中可以分别体现两种文字的单 选键, 在这种情况下就需要特别标注 You can specify the radio buttons for the two characters on the keyboard, that is, the radio buttons for the two characters can be reflected in the letters. In this case, special labels are required.
在进行标识时可以用两种单选键可以区分, 可利用各种特征 Two types of radio buttons can be used for identification when making identification, and various features can be used
1、 可选的: 颜色区分, 即每种单选键用不同的颜色, 例如: 英文单选键用白色, 中文 单选键用黄色。 2、 可选的: 大小区分, 即每种单选键分别用大写和小写, 例如: 英文单选键 用大写, 中文单选键用小写。 3、 可选的: 标记区分, 即每种单选键用不同的标记, 例如: 英 文单选键用下划线, 中文单选键用上划线。 4、可选的: 混合区分, 即每种单选键可分别标识 大小字母或颜色或标记, 其中的任意一种来区分。 5、可选的: 混合区分, 其中一个字母选择 以上三种区分方法中的一种, 另外一种字母选择以上区分方法的另一种。 1. Optional: Color distinction, that is, each radio button has a different color, for example: English radio buttons are white, Chinese radio buttons are yellow. 2. Optional: Differentiate between size, that is, each radio button is in uppercase and lowercase, for example: English radio button is in uppercase, and Chinese radio button is in lowercase. 3. Optional: Marking distinction, that is, each radio button is marked differently, for example: English radio buttons are underlined, and Chinese radio buttons are underlined. 4. Optional: Mixed distinction, that is, each radio button can be individually identified by large or small letters or colors or marks, any of them. 5. Optional: Mixed discrimination, where one letter selects one of the above three discrimination methods, and the other letter selects another of the above discrimination methods.
例如: 英文输入时高频字母键用大写区分, 中文拼音字母输入时用颜色区分 此外, 在数字键上还安排部分字母组合,例如辅音字母组合 "ch" "zh" "th" "sh"等等, 其排列方法可以按英文的排列顺序或不排顺序 For example: In English input, high-frequency letter keys are distinguished by upper case, and Chinese pinyin letters are distinguished by color. In addition, some letter combinations are arranged on the number keys, such as the consonant letter combination "ch" "zh" "th" "sh", etc. Etc. The arrangement method can be in English or not
较佳的: 按英文字母排列顺序, 即 "ch" "sh" "th" "zh" Better: Alphabetical order: "ch" "sh" "th" "zh"
如图所示: as the picture shows:
图 45为 5音字母按顺序排列的小键盘实施例, 其中辅音集中在 5个键位上, 其中部分 键为 5个辅音字母。 FIG. 45 is an example of a small keyboard in which 5-tone letters are arranged in order, in which consonants are concentrated on 5 key positions, and some of the keys are 5 consonant letters.
图 46为 5音字母按顺序排列的小键盘实施例, 其中辅音集中在 5个键位上, 其中部分 键为 5个辅音字母, 英文单选键用大写字母, 中文单选键用小写字母下划线。 FIG. 46 is an example of a small keyboard in which 5-tone letters are arranged in order, in which consonants are concentrated on 5 key positions, of which some keys are 5 consonant letters, English radio buttons are capitalized, and Chinese radio buttons are underlined. .
除组合键之外的键位可以安排单选键、复选键等, 单选键为 1键输 1个字母, 复选键为 1键输入多个字母, 或多键输入多个字母 The key positions other than the combination keys can be arranged with radio buttons, check buttons, etc. The radio button is 1 key and 1 letter, the check button is 1 key to enter multiple letters, or multiple keys to enter multiple letters
特别指出 Specially point out
上述本发明中的小键盘中主要包括元音单选键、辅音半单选键、辅音组合键以及安置在 元音单选键键位上的键次键。 The above-mentioned keypad of the present invention mainly includes a vowel radio button, a consonant semi-radio button, a consonant combination key, and a secondary key disposed on the vowel radio button key position.
组合键的排列方式可以包括 bcdfg、 hjklm、 npqrs、 tvwxy, z五键; The arrangement of the combination keys can include five keys: bcdfg, hjklm, npqrs, tvwxy, and z;
或 hbcdf、 ngjkl、 rmpqv> swxyz五键; Or hbcdf, ngjkl, rmpqv> swxyz five bonds;
另一组按键允许为纯元音单选键, 也允许为元音单选键和键次键混合分布键; 例如: a、 e、 i、 o、 u五键; The other group of keys can be pure vowel radio buttons or mixed distribution keys of vowel radio buttons and subkeys; for example: five keys: a, e, i, o, u;
或 ang> eng、 ing、 ong、 ung五键; Or ang> eng, ing, ong, ung five keys;
以上各键允许和一个数字键合并使用,或者它们分别以一个数字键合并分布在一个键位 上。 The above keys are allowed to be combined with a number key, or they are combined and distributed on a key position respectively.
例如: X寸应关系为 1. bcdfg、 2. hjklm、 3. mpqrs 4. tvwxy, 5. z, 1. a、 2. e、 3. i、 4. o、 For example: X inch should be 1. bcdfg, 2. hjklm, 3. mpqrs 4. tvwxy, 5. z, 1. a, 2. e, 3. i, 4. o,
5. u 5. u
对应关系为 l. bcdfg、 2. hjklm、 3. mpqrs、 4· tvwxy、 5. z, l. ang、 2. eng、 3. ing、 4. ong、 5. ung The corresponding relationship is l. Bcdfg, 2.hjklm, 3.mpqrs, 4.tvwxy, 5.z, l.ang, 2.eng, 3.ing, 4.ong, 5.ung
本发明效果 本发明的输入效果是非常理想的, 它虽然使 20-30多个键压缩成 10个键输入字母, 但 其效果却几乎没受影响, 这是本发明非常令人震惊的地方。 例如英文输入 the notion that 时完全是全部一键输入的。 Effect of the invention The input effect of the present invention is very ideal. Although it compresses more than 20-30 keys into 10 key input letters, the effect is hardly affected. This is a very shocking part of the present invention. For example, when typing the notion that in English, it's all one-key input.
例如中文输入 "事实上"其拼音是 shishishang也是全部一键输入的。 For example, the Chinese input "actually" has its pinyin entered by Shishishang and all are entered with one click.
再例如日本输入 nashi、 shinnen都是一键输入。 Another example is Japanese input nashi, shinnen are one-click input.
在进行中文输入的时候, 所有的韵母都能够被一键输入, 这是最奇特的, 而英文最快也 能达到平均 1. 1至 1. 25键输入一个字母效果已经相当神速了,当然输入其它的文字也会有同 样的效果。 When entering Chinese, all finals can be entered with one key, which is the most peculiar, and the fastest English can reach an average of 1.1 to 1.25 keys. The effect of typing a letter is quite fast, of course. Other text will have the same effect.
本发明使键盘设计充分巧合于语言规律, 并且有世界范围的效果, 它适合各种文字, 因 此, 它对微型键盘的高效文字输入之贡献是非常巨大的, 它使我们的文字输入的便捷性大大 提高了。 即便是不高度规范的双手操作标准键盘, 也可以进行自如高效的文字输入。 它使我 们的工作姿势有了极大的自由度, 对人性的伸展也是极大的贡献。 The invention makes the keyboard design fully coincide with the laws of language and has worldwide effects. It is suitable for all kinds of characters. Therefore, its contribution to the efficient text input of the micro keyboard is very great, and it makes our text input convenient. Greatly improved. Even with a non-highly standardized two-hand operation of the standard keyboard, free and efficient text entry is possible. It gives us a great degree of freedom in working posture, and it also makes a great contribution to the extension of human nature.
Claims
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| AU2003227170A AU2003227170A1 (en) | 2002-03-26 | 2003-03-26 | Device and method for inputting letters, numbers or information from a keypad with high efficiency |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN02116346.4 | 2002-03-26 | ||
| CN02116346 | 2002-03-26 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2003081410A1 true WO2003081410A1 (en) | 2003-10-02 |
Family
ID=28048662
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2003/000218 Ceased WO2003081410A1 (en) | 2002-03-26 | 2003-03-26 | Device and method for inputting letters, numbers or information from a keypad with high efficiency |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| AU (1) | AU2003227170A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2003081410A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN102566767A (en) * | 2010-12-08 | 2012-07-11 | 梁申 | Pinyin input method capable of realizing direct touch typing without practice |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN1218220A (en) * | 1997-10-29 | 1999-06-02 | 摩托罗拉公司 | Device and method for simplifying keyboard input |
| CN1267010A (en) * | 2000-03-12 | 2000-09-20 | 万仁芳 | Chinese and Foreign language universal region-digit conversion input method and its keyboard |
| JP2001209478A (en) * | 2000-01-28 | 2001-08-03 | Etsuo Watanabe | Keyboard |
| EP0834108B1 (en) * | 1995-05-30 | 2001-10-31 | Minec Systems Investment AB | An alphanumerical keyboard |
-
2003
- 2003-03-26 WO PCT/CN2003/000218 patent/WO2003081410A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2003-03-26 AU AU2003227170A patent/AU2003227170A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| EP0834108B1 (en) * | 1995-05-30 | 2001-10-31 | Minec Systems Investment AB | An alphanumerical keyboard |
| CN1218220A (en) * | 1997-10-29 | 1999-06-02 | 摩托罗拉公司 | Device and method for simplifying keyboard input |
| JP2001209478A (en) * | 2000-01-28 | 2001-08-03 | Etsuo Watanabe | Keyboard |
| CN1267010A (en) * | 2000-03-12 | 2000-09-20 | 万仁芳 | Chinese and Foreign language universal region-digit conversion input method and its keyboard |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN102566767A (en) * | 2010-12-08 | 2012-07-11 | 梁申 | Pinyin input method capable of realizing direct touch typing without practice |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| AU2003227170A1 (en) | 2003-10-08 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US7737999B2 (en) | User interface for visual cooperation between text input and display device | |
| CN100418041C (en) | Electronic device with capability for interpreting user input and method thereof | |
| US7649478B1 (en) | Data entry using sequential keystrokes | |
| WO2000014622A1 (en) | Keyboard and thereof input method | |
| JP4504571B2 (en) | Text input system for ideographic and non-ideographic languages | |
| CN117666815B (en) | English input method based on 10-key keyboard and applied to small-screen electronic equipment | |
| CN101493729B (en) | Mixed input method of multi-type characters | |
| CN101504588A (en) | Conversion method for character and edition function of touch screen mobile phone | |
| WO2004059458A1 (en) | Character input method suitable for numeral keyboard and its equipment | |
| WO2003081410A1 (en) | Device and method for inputting letters, numbers or information from a keypad with high efficiency | |
| US20060279433A1 (en) | Method of mapping characters for a mobile telephone keypad | |
| JP2009187510A (en) | Mobile input terminal | |
| JP2006005823A (en) | Character input device | |
| JP3422886B2 (en) | Character input device in mobile radio telephone and character input method in mobile radio telephone | |
| CN101441546A (en) | Method for replacing key position functional area of touch screen input character | |
| KR100860837B1 (en) | Display convertible keypad and mobile communication terminal including the same | |
| CN101533307B (en) | A kind of Chinese character input method, keyboard and apply the terminal of this keyboard | |
| EP2916200A2 (en) | Semi-compact keyboard and method therefor | |
| CN100416471C (en) | Ambiguity processing and human-computer interaction method in Spanish input on a small keyboard | |
| KR100766717B1 (en) | A text inputting method | |
| KR101071812B1 (en) | Japanese Touch Screen Keypad Array for Mobile Devices | |
| KR20050013921A (en) | Method of inputting a hangeul of mobile terminal and keyboard used for it | |
| KR100596478B1 (en) | Alphabet vowel centered keyboard | |
| CN1437094A (en) | Chinese character phonetic alphabet and English input method in digit keyboard | |
| JP2002323949A (en) | Document input system using keyboard, and electronic equipment provided with the system |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| AK | Designated states |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NI NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW |
|
| AL | Designated countries for regional patents |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG |
|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application | ||
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 20038070898 Country of ref document: CN |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase | ||
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: JP |
|
| WWW | Wipo information: withdrawn in national office |
Country of ref document: JP |